HP Pavilion dv7 Maintenance And Service Manual
HP Pavilion dv7 Entertainment PC Maintenance and Service Guide
© Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett- Packard Company under license. Intel and Core are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Micro soft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained her ein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statemen ts accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional wa rranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial err ors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: March 2009 Document Part Number: 515798-001
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the p ossibility of heat-related inju ries or of overheatin g the comp uter, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another ha rd surfac e, such as a n adjoining optio nal printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also , do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such a s pillows or rugs or clothing, during op eration. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperat ure limits defined b y the Internationa l Standard for Safety of Info rmation Techn ology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii
iv Safety warning no tice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 Components Top components ................ ................ ............... ............... ............... ................ ................ ... .................. . 6 TouchP ad ...... ........... ........... ............ ............. ............ ........... ........... ............ ............. ...... ...... 6 Lights ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... ......... ............ ......... ......... ......... ......... ........... ..... .... ....... 7 Butto ns and fing erprint r eader (se lect mode ls only) ....................... ................................ ..... 9 Keys ......... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ..... ......... 11 Front components .................... ................ ............... ............... ................ ............... ............. ............ .... 12 Rear component ............... ............ ............ ............. ............ ............ .............. ........... ........... ....... .......... 13 Right-side components ................ ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............. ......... ..... 13 Left-side components ........... .......... ........... .......... ... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .... ........... 14 Bottom components ........... ................ ............... ............... ............... ................ ................ ..... .............. 15 Display components ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... . ............... 16 3 Illustrated parts cata log Service tag .................. ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ...... .................... .. 17 Computer major comp onents ......... ........... .......... .......... ........ .......... .......... ....... ........... .......... ..... ........ 18 Display assembly components .......... ........... ............ ............ ................ ............ ........... ............ ... ........ 24 Flush glass disp lay assemb ly spar e parts ................... .................... .................... .............. 24 BrightView panel ............... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ .. .. 25 Mass storage devices ............. ............... ............... ................ ............... ............... ............... .. ............... 26 Miscellaneous parts ...................... ............... ................ ............... ............... ................ ........ ................ . 27 Sequential part number listing .............. ............ ............. ............ ............ ............ ............ ......... ........... . 28 4 Remova l and replacemen t procedures Preliminary replacement requiremen ts ............ ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... .. ..... 36 Tools required .................. ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ .... 36 Service considerations ............ ............... ............. ............... .............. ............... .............. ..... 36 Plastic parts ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .............. ............. ........... 36 Cables and connectors .......... ............... ............. ............. ............. ............. ........ 37 Drive hand ling ..... .............. ........... ............... ............. ........... .............. ........... ..... 37 Grounding guidelines ................ ............ ........... ........... .............. ............ ........... ........... ....... 38 v
Electr ostat ic di schar ge damag e .... ............ ............ ............... ........... ............ ...... 3 8 Packaging and transporting guidel ines ...... .......... ........... .......... ........ 39 Workst ation guide lines ..................................................................... 39 Equipment g uidelines ......... ............................ ............................ ...... 40 Component replace ment pr ocedures ... ........... ........ ........... .......... .......... ........... ........ ........... .......... . ... 41 Service tag ................ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ .... .... .. 41 Computer fe et ...... ......... .......... ........ ........ .......... ......... ......... ......... ........ .......... ......... ....... . ... 42 Battery ........... .............. ........... .......... ........... ........... .............. ........... ............ ........... ... ........ 4 3 Optical drive .......... ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ......... ...... 4 4 Primary hard drive cover .................... ............... ............. ................. ............... .............. ...... 4 5 Secondary hard drive cover ................ ............. ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... 46 Hard d rive ........... .......... ......... ............ ......... .......... .......... ............ ......... .......... ........... ... ...... 48 WLAN module .......... ................ ................ ................ ............. ............... .............. ............... . 50 RTC batter y .... ........... ............ ................ ........... ........... ................ ........... ............ ........... .... 53 Memory module ...... ......... ........ .......... ........ ........... ....... ........... ........ ........... ........ ........ ........ 54 TV tuner module . .......... ......... ............. .......... .......... ............ .......... ............ ........... .......... ... . 55 Switch cover and keyboard ............ ............... .............. ............... ................. ............. .......... 57 Power bu tton boa rd .. .............. ................ ............. ............. .............. ................ ............. ...... 61 Speaker assemb ly ...... ......... ........... ............ ........... .......... ............. .......... ......... .............. .... 62 Bluetooth module ............ ............ ............ ............ .............. ............ ........... ........... ............ .. . 63 Display assembly .............. ........... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ .... . 64 Top cover ................ ............ ............ ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ...... ...... 7 4 Modem modu le ........ ....... ........... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........... ....... ........... ........ .......... ...... 77 System board ............... ............... ............. ................ ............... ............. ............... ............ ... 79 Audio/inf rared bo ard ........ .......... ........... ............ .......... .............. ......... .............. ......... ......... 82 USB boar d ..... .......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ......... .......... .......... . . ... 83 Subwoofer ............. ............... ............... .............. ............... ............... .............. ............... . ..... 84 TV tuner module cable ................ ............. ............... .............. ................. ............... ............. 8 6 Modem modu le cable ........... ............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ................. 87 Power c onnec tor cabl e . ............ ............ ............. .......... ........... .............. .......... .......... ......... 8 8 Fan/heat s ink ass embly . ......... ........... ........ ......... ........... ........ ............ ........ ........... ......... .... 89 Processor ......... .............. ............... ............. ............... ............... .............. ............... ....... ...... 93 5 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility .......... ............. ............. ............ ............ ............ ............. ............ ... .............. ... 95 Using the Setup Utility ... ............... ............... ........................ .............................................. ..... ........ .... 96 Changing t he langua ge of the Setup U tility ... ............................................. ....................... 96 Display system information ....... ........... .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ........... ............ . 96 Restorin g defau lt set tings i n the Se tup Utilit y ........... ...................... ...................... ............. 9 7 Exiting the Setup Utility . ............ ........... ............ ............. ............ ........... ............ ........... ...... . 97 Setup Utility menus ........ .............. ............. .......................................... .................... .......... .... ........... .. 98 Main menu ............ .......... ......... ........... .......... .......... ......... ........... .......... ............ ......... .... .... 9 8 Security menu ............... ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ..... ... 98 vi
System C onfigurat ion menu .................... .................... ................ .................... ................. . 98 Diagno stics me nu ... .......... ............. .......... ......... .............. ......... ........... ............ .......... ......... 99 6 Specifications Computer specifications ................. ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... .......... ............ 100 17.3-i nch, HD flu sh glass A ntiGlar e displa y specific ations ................. ................... ................... ..... 101 17.3-i nch HD Bright View d isplay speci fications ... .......... ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... .......... ..... 1 02 Hard drive specifications ............... ............ ............ ............ ............... ............ ............ ........... ........ ..... 103 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/R W SuperMulti DL Drive ... .......... .......... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... 104 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Dou ble -Layer Combo Drive specifications ................ ............ .... 105 System DMA specifications ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ .............. ............ .... ......... 105 System interrupt specifications ................... ................ ................ ............... ................... .......... ........ .. 107 System I/O address specifications ............. ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... .......... ...... 108 System memory map specifications ........ ............ ............ ............ .............. ............ ........... ............ . ... 110 7 Screw listing Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (b lack) ........... .............................................. ............. ............. ........... ....... 111 Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (s ilver) ......... ............ ......................... ......................... ...................... ........ 112 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw ...... .............. ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ... ........... 114 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw ........... .............. ............. ............. ................ .............. ............. .. ..... 117 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (b lack) ........... .............................................. ............. ............. ........... ....... 119 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (s ilver) ......... ............ ......................... ......................... ...................... ........ 122 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (s ilver) ......... ............ ......................... ......................... ...................... ........ 124 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (b lack) ........... .............................................. ............. ............. ........... ....... 125 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 broadhead screw ............. ............ ............. .............. ............... ......................... ... 126 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw ...... .............. ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ... ........... 127 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screw ............. ............ ............. .............. ............... ......................... ... 129 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw ...... .............. ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ... ........... 130 Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw ... ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ........... ...... 131 8 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information ............... ............ ..... ............... ............... ............... ............... ..... ....... 133 Creating recovery discs ............. .............. ........... ........... ............ .......... ............ ............ .... 134 Backing up your information ......... ............ ............. ............ .............. ............ ............ ............ ... .......... 135 When to back up ............... ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ .. 135 Backup suggestions . ............... ............... ............. ................ ............. ............... ............... .. 13 5 Using system restore points ........... .......... ............. ............ ............. ............ ........... .......... 135 When to create restore points .......... ............... .............. ............ ............ .......... 136 Create a system restore point .......... ............. ............ ................ ............ .......... 136 Restore t o a pre vious dat e and ti me ....... ............. .......... ........... ........... .......... . 136 Performing a recovery ............... ................ ............... ............... ............... .................. ........... ............. 137 Recove ring fr om the rec overy d iscs ........ ............ .......... .......... ............ ........... ............ ..... 137 Recover ing fro m the dedicat ed recov ery part ition (selec t models on ly) ................ .......... 137 vii
9 Connector pin ass ignments 1394 ... .......... ......... ............ ......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ........... .......... ......... ....... ..... ............. ..... 1 38 Audio-in (microphone) ................ .......... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... ........... ............ ..... ....... ...... 138 Audio-out (headphone) ........................ ............... ................. ............... .................. ............... . ............ 139 Exter nal mo nitor ........ ........... ......... ........ ............ ......... ......... ........ ........... ......... ......... ....... .... ........ ..... 139 HDMI . ....... ......... .......... ......... ........ ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ........ ........ ........... ....... . ........... ........ .. 140 RJ-11 ( modem) ............. .......... ........... ............. .......... .............. .......... .......... .............. ........ ..... .......... 141 RJ-45 (network) ............ ............ ............. ............... ............ ............ .............. ............ ................. ......... 141 Universal Serial Bus ........... ........... .......... .......... ............. ........... .......... ........... .......... ......... ....... ........ 142 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries or regions ........... ............... ............... ............... ............... .............. .... 143 Requirem ents fo r specif ic countr ies or r egions . ................ ............. ................ ................ ................ .. 144 11 Recyclin g Battery ......... ............ .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... ........... ........... .................. .......... ...... 145 Display ............... ............... ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............. ............... ........ 145 Index ............... ................ ................ ................ ................. ............... ................. ......... ................... ................. .... 151 viii
1 Product description Category Description Product Name HP Pavilion dv7 Entertainment PC Processors Intel® Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 2.26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz front side bus (FSB) Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cach e and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T9800 2.93-GHz with 6-MB L2 cach e and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T9550 2.66-GHz with 6-MB L2 cach e and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo P8700 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo P7450 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T6600 2.20-GHz with 2-MB L2 cach e and 800-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T6400 2.00-GHz with 2-MB L2 cach e and 800-MHz FSB Intel Pentium® Dual Core T4200 2.00-GHz with 1-MB L2 cache a nd 800-MHz FSB Chipset Northbridge: Intel PM45 (Discrete models) Northbridge: Intel GM45 (UMA models) Southbridge: Intel ICH9M Graphics Intel Extreme Graphics with unified memory architecture (UMA), ATI Discrete PCI Express Graphics wi th discrete gra phi cs subsystem memory Intel GMA 4700MHD (UMA) with shared vide o memory: â Up to 1759 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equipped with 4096 MB of main system memory (64-bit OS) â Up to 1294 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equipped with 4096 MB of main system memory (32-bit OS) â Up to 1294 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equipped with 3072 MB of main system memory â Up to 782 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equip ped with 2048 MB of main system memory â Up to 270 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equip ped with 1024 MB of main system memory â Memory size is dynamic change 1
Category Description Discrete graphics subsystem memory â ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 (M96) with 1024 MB (64 MB à 16 DDR3 à 8 PCs) â ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 (M92) with 512 MB (64 MB à 16 DDR3 à 4 PCs) Panels â 17.3-inch, HD (1600 à 900) flush glass â 17.3-inch, HD (1600 à 900) BrightView â Flush glass panel cover support â Support for lighted logo on top bezel â Typical brightness 200 nits Memory 2 SODIMM s lots Customer-accessible/upgradable PC2-6400, 800-MHz, DDR2 Dual-channel support Supports up to 8192-MB system memory â 8192-MB total system memory (4096 MB à 2, dual- channel) â 6144-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1 4096 MB à 1) â 4096-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 2, dual- channel) â 3072-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1 1024 MB à 1) â 2048-MB total system memory (1024 MB à 2, dual- channel) â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1) â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 MB à 1) Hard drives Supports all Serial ATA (SATA) 9.5-mm, 6.35-cm (2.5 0-inch) hard drives Supports up to 2 hard drives Support for Accelerometer Hard Drive Protection Dual hard drive configurations: â 1-TB (500-GB, 5400-rpm à 2) â 640-GB (320-GB, 7200-rpm à 2) â 640-GB (320-GB, 5400-rpm à 2) â 500-GB (250-GB, 7200-rpm à 2) â 500-GB (250-GB, 5400-rpm à 2) 2 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description Single hard drive configu rations: â 500-GB, 5400-rpm â 320-GB, 7200-rpm â 320-GB, 5400-rpm â 250-GB, 7200-rpm â 250-GB, 5400-rpm Optical drives 12.7-mm tray load Serial ATA Fixed (1 screw for removal) Support for the following optical drives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo D rive with LightScribe â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive â Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive Webcam Low-light VGA ca mera Fixed (no tilt) Activity LED 640 à 480 by 24 frames per second Microphone 2 omnidirectional microphones, dual- array with appropria te software (supports beam forming, echo cancellati on, and noise suppression) Audio HD Audio (IDT) Integrated subwoofer Supports Microsoft® Premium Requirements Pavilion-branded Altec Lansing speakers Modem 56K V.92 data/fax modem Supports all worldwide certification requirements Ethernet Integrated 10/100/1000 network interface card (N IC) (Discrete models) Integrated 10/100 NIC (UMA models) Wireless Integrated wireless local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless module: Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module Wireless Integrated ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner mod ule Integrated worldwide analog DVB-T TV tuner module 3
Category Description Support for TV tuner antennas for both DVB-T and ATSC/NTSC External media card One ExpressCard 54 slot Digital Media Slot supports Secure Digi tal (SD) Memory Card, MultiMe diaCard (MMC), Memory Stick (MS), Memory St ick Pro (MSP), xD Picture Card (XD) Ports Audio-in (stereo microphone) Two audio-out (stereo headphon e) Consumer infrared eSATA High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) v1.3 supporting 1080p with H DCP key IEEE 1394a RJ-11 (modem; select models only) RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) TV tuner antenna (select models only) USB 2.0 VGA (Dsub 15-pin) 2-pin AC power for 90-W AC adapter Docking Expansion port 3 supports the HP Not ebook Expansion Base and H P Notebook QuickDock Keyboard/pointing devices 17-inch full-size keyboard with nu meric keypad TouchPad supports 2-way scrolling Taps enabled as default Power requirements 8-cell 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 6-cell 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery 90-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support (2-wire plug wi th ground pin, supports 2-pin DC connector) (U MA models) 65-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support (2-wire plug wi th ground pin, supports 2-pin DC con nector) (D iscrete models) Security Kensington Security Lock Fingerprint reader with Digital Persona software support Operating system Preinstalled: FreeDOS Linux Red Flag Windows Vista® Business (32 bit) Windows Vista Home Basic (32 bit) Windows Vista Premium (32 & 64 bit) Windows Vista Ultimate (64 bit) 4 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description Serviceability AC adapter Battery (system) Hard drives (2) Memory module Optical drive 5
2 Components Top components TouchPad Component Description (1) TouchPad light â White: TouchPad is enabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. (2) TouchPad* Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. (3) Left TouchPad button* Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (4) TouchPad on/off button Enables/disables the TouchPad. (5) TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls u p or down . (6) Right TouchPad button* Functions like the right button on an external mouse. *This table describes factory settings. To view and change pointing device preferences, select Start > Co ntrol Panel > Hardware and Sound > Mouse. 6 Chapter 2 Components
Lights Component Description (1) Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. (2) Power lights (2)* â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (3) Volume mute light â White: Computer sound is on. â Amber: Computer sound is off. (4) Volume down light On: The volume scroll zo ne is being used to decrease speaker volume. (5) Volume up light On: The volume scroll zone is being used to increase speaker volume. (6) Wireless light â On: An integrated wireless devic e, such as a wire less local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Blu etooth® device, is on. â Off: All wireless devices are off. (7) Num lo ck light The integrated numeric ke yp ad is enabled, or num lock is enabled on a connected optional numeric keypad. Top components 7
Compone nt Description (8) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the b attery reaches a low batter y level. (9) Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or optical drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. *The 2 power lights display the same information. The light on the power button is visible only when the computer is op en. The power light on the front of the computer is visible whe ther the computer is open or closed. 8 Chapter 2 Components
Buttons and fingerprint r eader (select models only) Component Description (1) Power button* â When the computer is off, press the bu tton to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, pre ss the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stopped re sponding a nd Windows® shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the compu ter. To learn more about your power se ttings, select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > Power Options . (2) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (3) Volume mute button Mutes and restores speaker sound. (4) Volume scrol l zone Adjusts speaker volume. Slide your finge r to the left to decrease volume and to the right to increase volume. You can also tap the minus (-) sign on the scroll zone to decrease volume, or tap the plus ( ) sign on the scroll zone to increase volume. (5) Previous/rewind button â Plays the previous track or chapter when the button is pressed once. â Rewinds media when the button is pressed in combination with the fn key. (6) Play/pause button Plays or pauses media. Top components 9
Compone nt Description (7) Next/fast forward button â Plays the next track or chapter when the button is p ressed once. â Fast forwards media when pressed in combination with the fn key. (8) Stop button Stops playback. (9) Wireless button Turns the wireless feature on or off but does not create a wireless connection. NOTE: To establish a wireless con nection, a wireless network must already be set up. (10) Fin gerprint reader (select models only) Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instea d of a password logon. *This table describes factory settings. For informa tion about ch anging factory settings, refer to the user guides located in He lp and Support. 10 Chapter 2 Components
Keys Component D escription (1) esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used syst em functions when pressed in combinat ion with a func tion key or the esc key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Windows applications key Displays a shortcut menu for items beneath the pointer. (5) Integrated numeric keypa d keys Can be used like the keys on an external n umeric keypad. (6) Function keys Execute frequently us ed system functions w hen pressed in combinat ion with the fn key. Top components 11
Front components Component Description (1) Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Batter y light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available powe r source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or opt ical drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily par ked the hard drive. (4) Consumer infrared le ns Receives a signal from the remote control. (5) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer hea dset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural micro phone. (6) Audio-out (headphone) jacks (2) Produce sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. NOTE: This table describes factory settings. For information about changing facto ry setting s, refer to the user guides located in Help and Support. 12 Chapter 2 Components
Rear component Componen t Description Vent Enables airflow to cool inte rnal components. NOTE: The computer fan star ts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Right-side components Component D escription (1) Optical drive Reads optical discs and, on select models, also writes to optical discs. (2) Optical drive light Blinking: The optical drive is being accessed. (3) USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. (4) TV antenna/cable jack (select models only) Connects a TV antenna, a digital c able device, or a satellite device that receives standard or high-d efinition TV broadcasts. (5) RJ-11 (modem) jack (select models only) Connects a modem cable. (6) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from bein g mishandled or stolen. (7) AC adapter light â On: The computer is connected to external p ower. â Off: The computer is not c onnected to external power. (8) Power connector Conne cts an AC adapter. Rear component 13
Left-side components Component Description (1) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. (2) Expansion port 3 Connects the comp uter to an opti onal docking device or an optiona l expansion product. NOTE: The computer has only one expansion po rt. The term expansion port 3 describes the type of expansio n port. (3) RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable. (4) HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device , such as a high- definition television, or any compatible digital or audio component. (5) eSATA/USB port (select models only) Connects an optional high-performance e SATA component, such as an eSATA external hard drive, or connects an optional USB device. NOTE: Depending on your computer model, the compu ter may include a USB port only. (6) USB port Connects an optional USB device. (7) 1394 port (select models only) Connects an optional IEEE 1394 or 1394a device, such as a camcorder. (8) Digital Media Slot light On: A digital card is being accessed. (9) Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digit al (SD) Memory Ca rd â xD-Picture Card (XD) (10) ExpressCard slot Supports optional ExpressCard /54 cards. 14 Chapter 2 Components
Bottom components Component D escription (1) Battery bay Holds the ba ttery. (2) Battery release latch R eleases the battery from the battery bay. (3) Vents (9) Enable airflow to co ol internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool interna l components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine opera tion. (4) Secondary hard drive bay Holds an optional secondary hard dr ive. (5) Integrated subwoofer Contains the subwoofer spe aker. (6) Primary hard drive bay Holds the primary hard drive, the memory module slots, and the WLAN module (select models only). CAUTION : To prevent an unr esponsiv e system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module au thorized for use in the computer by the governmental a gency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message , remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. Bottom components 15
Display components Component Description (1) Internal display switch Turns off the display and initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. (2) Internal microphones (2) Record sound. (3) Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. (4) Webcam Records audio and video and captures still photographs. 16 Chapter 2 Components
3 Illustrated parts catalog Service tag When ordering part s or requesting informat ion, provide the c omputer serial n umber and model description provided on the service tag. (1) Product name: This is the product name affixed to the front of the compu ter. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an al phanume ric identifier th at is unique to each product. (3) Part number/Product number (p/n): Thi s number provide s specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to dete rmine what compone nts and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the al phanume ric identi fier need ed to locate do cuments, drivers, and support for the c omputer. (5) Warranty period: T his number describes the du ration of the warranty period for the computer. Service tag 17
Computer major components 18 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (1) 17.3-inch display assembly (in cludes wireless antenna tr ansceivers and cables) HD flush glass AntiGlare display assemb ly with webcam and 2 microphones for use in white computers 516296-001 HD BrightView display asse mbly with webcam and 2 microphon es for use in white computers 516295-001 HD flush glass AntiGlare display assemb ly with webcam and 2 microphones for use in black computers 519260-001 HD BrightView display asse mbly with webcam and 2 microphon es for use in black computers 519259-001 NOTE: See Display asse mbly components on page 24 for more information on display assembly spare part numbers. (2) Power button board (includes cable) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 516329-001 For use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems 518165-001 (3) Switch cover (includes LED board and cable) For use in white comp uters 516300-001 For use in black comp uters 519269-001 (4) Keyboard (includes keyboard cable) NOTE: For a detailed list of available keybo ards, see Sequential part number listing on page 28 . White keyboard 516357-xxx Black molded keyboard 519265-xxx Black painted keyboard 519266-xxx (5) Speaker assembly 516323-001 (6) Bluetoot h® module (does not include a Bluetooth module cable) 483113-001 (7) Bluetooth modu le cable 517638-001 Cable Ki t , includes: 516328-001 (8a) Power connector cable (8b) Modem module cable (8c) TV tuner module antenna cable (9) Top cover (includes Tou chPad and TouchPad buttons) For use only with white computer models equipped with a fingerpr int reader; includes fingerprint reader board 516299-001 For use only with white computer models not equipped with a fingerprint r eader 516360-001 For use only with black computer models equipped with a fingerpr int reader; includes fingerprint reader board 519267-001 For use only with black computer models not equipped with a fingerprint r eader 519268-001 Computer major comp onents 19
Item Description Spare part number (10) Modem module NOTE: The modem module spar e part kit does not include a modem module cable. The modem modu le cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 516328 -001. For use in all countries and regions except Austr alia and New Zealand 461749-001 For use only in Australia and N ew Zealand 461749-011 (11) System board (includes replacement thermal material) With ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of ded icated memory 516294-001 With ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of ded icated memory 516293-001 With ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 discrete graphics subsystem and 512-MB o f dedicated memory 516292-001 With Intel GMA 4700MHD UMA graphics subsystem and sh ared memory 516291-001 System board bracket (not illustrated) 516334-001 (12) Processor (includes replacement thermal material) Intel Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 2.26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507947-001 Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 10 66-MHz FSB 507948-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9800 2.93-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache an d 1066-MHz FSB 507951-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9550 2.66-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache an d 1066-MHz FSB 507953-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8700 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507960-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507963-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7450 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507965-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6600 2.20-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800 -MHz FSB 513593-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6400 2.00-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800 -MHz FSB 513592-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T4200 2.00-GHz w ith 1-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz F SB 513599 -001 (13) ExpressCard module 516324-001 Fan/heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) (14) For use only with computer models equipped with graphics subsystems with discrete memory 516876-001 (15) For use only with computer models equi pped with graphics subsystems with UMA memory 516331-001 Optical drive bracket (not illustrated) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 519481-001 For use in computers with UMA gra phics subsystems 535085-001 (16) Audio/infrared board (include s cable) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 516330-001 For use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems 518166-001 20 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (17) USB boar d (includes cable) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 516332-001 For use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems 518168-001 (18) Base enclosure (includes r ubber feet) For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Core2 Quad processor 516298-001 For use only in defeatured computer models equipped with an Inte l Core2 Duo processor 516297-001 For use only in full-featured computer models equ ipped with an Intel Core2 Duo processor 535086-001 Rubber Feet Kit (not illustrated, includes 4 base enclosure rubber feet) 516326-001 (19) Battery 8-cell, 73-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery for use with all computer models 516355-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery for use with all computer models 516354-001 (20) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket): Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive with LightScribe 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516351-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScrib e 516353-003 (21) Memory modules (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1-DIMM) 4096-MB memory module 516337-001 2048-MB memory module 516336-001 1024-MB memory module 516335-001 (22) TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 516 328-001. DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001 TV tuner external anten na cable (not illustrated) With F-PAL jack 482900-001 With PAL jack 482900-002 (23) WLAN module Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in all cou ntries and regions 482957-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in all co untries and regions 480985-00 1 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islan ds, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the U nited States 504664-001 Computer major comp onents 21
Item Description Spare part number Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arg enti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglades h, Barbados, Bela rus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bu lgaria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China , Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Cr oatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Est onia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea , Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ir el and, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madag ascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martiniqu e, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia , Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, N orway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Polan d, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia , Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Sw aziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504664-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN m odule for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arg enti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglades h, Barbados, Bela rus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bu lgaria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China , Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Cr oatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Est onia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea , Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ir el and, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madag ascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martiniqu e, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia , Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, N orway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Polan d, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia , Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Sw aziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-001 22 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangla desh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovin a, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burun di, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the Peop le's Republic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cypru s, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic , East Timor, Ecua dor, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethi opia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guian a, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloup e, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, H ong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, t he Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia , Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Ma lawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mau ritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Moro cco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherland s, New Zealand, Nica ragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republi c of Moldova, Romania, R ussia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Prin cipe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slov akia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Ne vis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trin idad and Toba go, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukr aine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuel a, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-002 (24) Hard drive (includes left and right bracket rails, connector c able, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 500-GB, 5400-rpm 516350-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 516349-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm 516346-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 516348-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm 516345-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover w ith tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 517639-001 (25) Subwoofer 516333-001 (26) RTC batt ery 449729-001 (27) Primary hard drive cover 518162-001 (28) Secondary hard drive cover 518164-001 Computer major comp onents 23
Display assembly components Flush glass display assembly spare parts Item Description Spare part nu mber (1) Display enclosure (includes wireless antenna trans ceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable) For use in white co mputers 516443-001 For use in black computers 519262-001 (2) Webcam/microphone modu le 516312-001 (3) Display Hinge Kit (include s right and left hinges) 516444-001 (4) Flush glass display panel (includes disp la y panel cable) For use in white co mputers 516443-001 For use in black computers 519262-001 (5) Display Cable Kit (includes display panel cabl e, and microphon e receiver and cable) 516307-001 (6) Display hinge cover 537844-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 531764-001 24 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
BrightView panel Item Description Spare part number (1) Display bezel 516305-001 (2) Display Hinge Kit (includ es left and right hinges) 516306-001 (3) Webcam/micropho ne module 516312-001 (4) Display panel (includes display pan el cable) 516303-001 (5) Display Cable Kit (includes display panel cable, and micropho ne receiver and cable) 516307-001 (6) Display enclosure (includes wireless antenn a trans ceivers and cables and lo go LED board and cable) For use in white computers 516304-001 For use in black computers 519261-001 Display Rubber Kit (not illustrated, includes display bezel rubber screw covers) 516308-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 516309-001 Display assembly components 25
Mass storage devices Item Desc ription Spare part num ber (1) Hard drive (includes left and right bracket rails, connector c able, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators): â 500-GB, 5400-rpm 516350-001 â 320-GB, 7200-rpm 516349-001 â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 516346-001 â 250-GB, 7200-rpm 516348-001 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 516345-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 517639-001 (2) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket) Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive with LightScr ibe 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516351-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Laye r Combo Drive with LightScribe 516353-001 26 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number AC adapters 120-W AC adapter 463953-001 90-W AC adapter 463955-001 65-W AC adapter 463958-001 Wired headset with volume control 37169 3-001 Wireless laser mouse (includes infrar ed tran sceiver) 430958-001 Power cords: Australia and New Zealand 490371-011 Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Finland, F rance, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherlands, northwest Africa , Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey 490371-021 Asia/Pacific region, French Canada, Latin America, T hailand, and the United States 490371-001 Brazil 490371-201 India 490371-D61 Israel 490371-BB1 Italy 490371-061 Japan 490371-291 The People's Republic of China 490371-AA1 South A fric a 49037 1-AR1 South K orea 490371-AD1 Switzerland 490371-111 The United Kingdom and Hong Kong 490371-031 Remote c ontrols: Full-functio n remote control 465540-001 Full-function remote co ntrol with t eletext 465541-001 Screw Kit â Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã10.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw 516327-001 Miscellaneous parts 27
Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 371693-003 Wired headset with volume control 430958-001 Wireless laser mouse ( includes infrared transceiver) 449729-001 RTC battery 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use onl y with computer models equipped with Intel processors in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Baha mas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Camero on, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile , the Pe ople's Republic of China, C olombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Do minica, the Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, G abon, Gambia, Georgia, Ge rmany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea , Gu inea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon , Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Mo naco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua Ne w Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwan da, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelle s, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Isl ands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vinc ent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swa ziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Tr inidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, U ruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietn am, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 461749-001 Modem module for use in all countries and regions exce pt Australia and New Zealand NOTE: The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem mod ule cable. The modem module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 5018 91-001. 461749-011 Modem module for use only in Austra lia and New Zealand NOTE: The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem mod ule cable. The modem module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 5018 91-001. 463953-001 120-W AC adapter 463955-001 90-W AC adapter 463958-001 65-W AC adapter 465540-001 Full-function remote control 465541-001 Full-function remote control with teletext 480985-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use only with computer models equipped with Intel processors 482899-001 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner modu le NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does no t in clude a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 501891-001. 28 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 482899-002 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does not incl ude a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cabl e Kit, spare part number 501891-001. 482899-003 DVB-T TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does not incl ude a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cabl e Kit, spare part number 501891-001. 482900-001 TV tuner external antenna cable with F-PAL jack 482900-002 TV tuner external antenna cable with PAL jack 482957-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for us e only with computer models equipped with Intel processors 483113-001 Bluetooth module for use only with computer mode ls equipped with Intel processors (does not include a Bluetooth module cable) NOTE: The Bluetooth module cable is ava ilable using spare part number 489822- 001. 490371-001 Power cord for use in the Asia/Pacific region, F rench Canada, Latin America, Thailand, and the United States 490371-011 Power cord for use in Australia and New Zealand 490371-021 Power cord for use in Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Fi nland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherlands, northwest Africa, Nor way, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey 490371-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingd om and Hong Kong 490371-061 Power cord for use in Italy 490371-111 Power cord for use in Switzerlan d 490371-201 Power cord for use in Brazil 490371-291 Power cord for use in Japan 490371-AA1 Power cord for use in the People's Republic of China 490371-AD1 Power cord for u se in South Kor ea 490371-AR1 Power cord for u se in South Afri ca 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Israel 490371-D61 Power cord f or use in Indi a 504593-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11 b/g WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda , Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico , Trin idad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States Sequential part numbe r listing 29
Spare part number Description 504593-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN mo dule for use in Afghanistan, Alba nia, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Aust r alia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgiu m, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republi c, Chad, Chile, the Peopl e's Repu blic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech R epublic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador , Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadelou pe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon , Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Mo naco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Par aguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldov a, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samo a, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierr a Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Isl ands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Gre nadi nes, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey , Turkmenistan, Tuvalu , Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingd om, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia , and Zimbabwe 504664-001 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trin idad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504664-002 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andor ra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Aust r alia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermu da, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the Britis h Virg in Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Centra l African Republic, Chad, Chile , the People's Republic of China, Colombia , Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croa tia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, t he Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Er itrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Fi nland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Gren ada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuan ia, Lux embourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Ma rtinique, Ma uritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, N amibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zea land, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, N orway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru , the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Mold ova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao To me and Principe , Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Sl ovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevi s, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan , Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tong a, Trinidad and Tob ago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the U nited Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam , Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 507947-001 Intel Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 processor (2.26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB) 507948-001 Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 proce ssor (2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MH z FSB) 507951-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9800 processo r (2.93-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB) 507953-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9550 processo r (2.66-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB) 507960-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8700 processor ( 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 ca che and 1066-MHz FSB) 507963-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 processor ( 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 ca che and 1066-MHz FSB) 507965-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7450 processor ( 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 ca che and 1066-MHz FSB) 30 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 513592-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6400 processor (2.00-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB) 513593-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6600 processor (2.20-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB) 513599-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T4200 processor (2.00-GHz with 1-MB L2 cache and 800-MH z FSB) 516291-001 System board with Intel GMA 4700MHD UMA graphics subsystem and sha red memory 516292-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 discrete graphics subsystem and 512 MB of dedicated memory 516293-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 disc rete graphics subsystem an d 1 GB of dedicated memory 516294-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discre te graphics subsystem and 1 -GB of dedicated memory 516295-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assemb ly for use in white computers 516296-001 17.3-inch HD flush glass AntiGlare display assembly for use in white computers 516297-001 Base enclosure for use only in defeatured computer models equipped with an Intel Core2 Duo processor 516298-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer m odels equipped with an Intel Core 2 Quad processor 516299-001 Top cover for u se only with white computer models equ ipped with a fingerprint reader; includes fingerpr int reader board 516300-001 Switch cover for use in white com puter s (includes LED board and cable) 516303-001 Flush glass display panel (i ncludes disp lay panel cable) 516304-001 Display enclosu re for use in white computers with Brigh tView displays (i ncludes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable 516305-001 Display bezel for use in comp ut ers with BrightView displays 516306-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in computers with Bri ghtView displays (includes left and right hinges) 516307-001 Display Cab le Kit for use in computers with Bright View displays (i nclu des display panel cable, and microphone receiver and cable) 516308-001 Display Rub ber Kit for use in computers with BrightView displays (includes display be zel rubber screw covers) 516309-001 Display Scr ew Kit for use in computers with BrightView displays 516312-001 Webcam/microphone modu le for use in computers with BrightView disp lays 516323-001 Speaker assembly 516324-001 ExpressCa rd module 516326-001 Rubber Fee t Kit (not illustrated, in cludes 4 base enclosure rubber feet) 516327-001 Scre w Kit 516328-001 Cable Kit 516329-001 Power button boar d for use in computers with discrete graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 516330-001 Audio/infrare d board for use in computers with discrete graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 516331-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer s with UMA graphics subsystems Sequential part numbe r listing 31
Spare part number Description 516332-001 USB board for use in computers w ith discre te graphics subsyste ms (includes cable) 516333-001 Subwoofer 516334-001 System board bracket 516335-001 1-GB memory module (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1 -DIMM) 516336-001 2-GB memory module (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1 -DIMM) 516337-001 4-GB memory module (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1 -DIMM) 516345-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516346-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516348-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516349-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516350-001 500-GB, 5400-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516351-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL D rive with LightScribe 516353-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Doub le-Layer Combo Drive with LightScr ibe 516354-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.55- Ah Li-ion battery 516355-001 8-cell, 73-Wh, 2.55- Ah Li-ion battery 516357-001 Keyboard for use in the United States 516357-031 Keyboard for use in white computers in the United Kingdom 516357-041 Keyboard for use in white computers in Germany 516357-051 Keyboard for use in white computers in France 516357-061 Keyboard for use in white computers in Italy 516357-071 Keyboard for use in white computers in Spain 516357-121 Keyboard for use in white computers in French Canada 516357-141 Keyboard for use in white computers in Turkey 516357-151 Keyboard for use in white computers in Greece 516357-171 Keyboard for use in white computers in Saudi Arabia 516357-211 Keyboard for use in white computers in Hungary 516357-221 Keyboard for use in the white computers in the Czech Republic 516357-251 Keyboard for use in white computers in Russia 516357-281 Keyboard for use in white computers in Thailand 516357-291 Keyboard for use in white computers in Japan 32 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 516357-A41 Keyboard for use in white co mputers in Belgium 516357-AD1 Keyboard for use in white computers in South Kore a 516357-B31 Keyboard for use white computers internationally 516357-BB1 Keyboard for use in white computers in Israel 516357-DH1 Keyboard for use in white computers in Denma rk, Norway, and Sweden 516357-DJ1 Keyboard for use in white computers in Greece 516360-001 Top cover for use only with white co mputer models not equipped w ith a fingerprint reader 516443-001 Display enclosu re for use in white computers with flush glass disp lays (includes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable) 516444-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in comp uters with flush glass displays 516876-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in com puters with discrete graphics su bsystems 517638-001 Bluetooth module cable 517639-001 Hard Drive Hardwar e Kit (includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover w ith tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 518162-001 Primary hard drive cov er 518164-001 Secondary har d drive cover 518165-001 Power button board for use in compu ters with UMA graphics subsystems 518166-001 Audio/infrare d board for use in computers wi th UMA graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 518168-001 USB board for use in compute rs with UMA graphics subsystems (includes ca ble) 519259-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assemb ly for use in black computers 519260-001 17.3-inch HD flush glass AntiGlare displa y assembly for use in black computers 519261-001 Display enclosu re for use in black computers with BrightView displays (i ncludes wire less antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable 519262-001 Display enclosu re for use in black computers with flush glass displa ys (includes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable) 519265-001 Black molded ke yboard for use in the United States 519265-031 Black molded ke yboard for use in the United Kin gdom 519265-041 Black molded ke yboard for use in Germany 519265-051 Black molded ke yboard for use in France 519265-061 Black molded keybo ard for use in Italy 519265-071 Black molded ke yboard for use in Spain 519265-111 Black molded ke yboard for use in Switzerland 519265-131 Black molded ke yboard for use in Portugal 519265-141 Black molded ke yboard for use in Turkey 519265-211 Black molded ke yboard for use in Hu ngary Sequential part numbe r listing 33
Spare part number Description 519265-221 Black molded keyboard for use in the Czech Republic 519265-251 Black molded keyboard for use in Russia 519265-A41 Black molded keyboard for use in Belgium 519265-B31 Black molded keyboard for use internation ally 519265-BB1 Black molded keyboard for use in Israel 519265-DJ1 Black molded keyboard for use in Greece 519266-001 Black painted keyboard for use in the United States 519266-031 Black painted keyboard for use in the United Kingdom 519266-041 Black painted keyboard for use in Germany 519266-051 Black painted keyboard for use in France 519266-061 Black painted keyboard for use in Italy 519266-071 Black painted keyboard for use in Spain 519266-121 Black painted keyboard for use in French Canada 519266-131 Black painted keyboard for use in Portugal 519266-141 Black painted keyboard for use in Turkey 519266-171 Black painted keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia 519266-211 Black painted keyboard for use in Hungary 519266-221 Black painted keyboard for use in the Czech Republic 519266-251 Black painted keyboard for use in Russia 519266-281 Black painted keyboard for use in Thailand 519266-291 Black painted keyboard for use in Japan 519266-A41 Black painted keyboard for use in Belgiu m 519266-AD1 Black painted keyboard for use in South Korea 519266-B31 Black painted keyboard for use interna tionally 519266-BB1 Black pa inted keyboard for use in Israel 519266-BG1 Black painted keyboard for use in Switzerland 519266-DH1 Black painted keyboard for use in the Netherlan ds 519266-DJ1 Black painted keyboard for use in Greece 519267-001 Top cover for use only w ith black computer models equipped with a fingerpr int reader; includes fingerprint reader board 519268-001 Top cover for use only w ith black computer models not equipped with a fingerprint reader 519269-001 Switch cover fo r use in black com puters (includes LED board and cable) 519481-001 Optical drive board for computers wi th discre te gra phics subsystems 531764-001 Display Screw Kit for use in computers with flush glass displays 34 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 535085-001 Optical drive board for computers with UMA graphics subsystems 535086-001 Base enclosure for use only in full-featured computer models equipp ed with an Intel Core2 D uo processor 536857-001 Power conn ector cable 537844-001 Display hinge cover for use in computers with a flush glass display Sequential part numbe r listing 35
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to complete the removal and repl acement procedures: â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers â Flat-bladed screwdriver Service considerations The following sec tions include some of the consideration s that you must keep in mind during disassembly and assembly proce dures. NOTE: As you remove each suba ssembly from the co mputer, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws ) away from the work area to prevent damage. Plastic parts CAUTION: Using excessive force during disassembly a nd reassembly can da mage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the po ints designated in the mainte nance instructions. 36 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the computer, be sure that ca bles are placed in their prop er locations during the reassemb ly process. Improper cable placement can damage the computer. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the tension requ ired to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. H andle cables by th e connector whenever possibl e. In all cases, avoid be nding, twisting, or tearing cabl es. Be sure that cable s are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being removed o r replaced. H andle flex cable s with extreme care; these cables tear ea sily. Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile componen ts that must be handled with care. To pre vent damage to the computer, damage to a d rive, or loss of information, observe the se precautions: Before removi ng or insertin g a hard drive, shut down the computer. If you ar e unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibern ation, turn the comp ut er o n, and then shut it down through the ope rating system. Before hand ling a drive, be sure th at you are disch arged of static electricity. While h andling a drive, avoid touching th e connector. Before removi ng a diskette drive or optical drive, be sure that a diskette or disc is not in the d rive and be sure that th e optical drive tray is closed. Handle drives on surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surface . After removing a ha rd drive, an opt ical drive, or a diskette dr ive, place it in a s tatic-proof bag. Avoid exposing a har d drive to products that have magnetic fields, such as monitors or speakers. Avoid exposing a d rive to tem perature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be maile d, place the drive in a bubb le pack mailer or other suitab le form of protective packaging and lab el the package âFRAGIL E.â Preliminary replacemen t requirements 37
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensitiv e to el ectrostatic di scharge (ESD ). Circuitry design an d structure determine the degre e of sensitivity. Networks built into many integrated circuits provide some pr otection, but in many cases, ESD cont ains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of stat ic electricity from a fin ger or other conductor can destroy static-sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neithe r felt nor heard, da mage may have occurred. An electronic device exposed to ESD may no t be a ffected at all and can work perfectly through out a normal cycle. Or the device may f unction normally for a while, th en degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life exp ectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the co mputer when you are removing or insta lling internal components, obs erve these precau tions: Keep components in th eir electrostatic-safe co ntainers unti l you are ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before touching an electro nic component, discharge stati c electricity by using the gui delines described in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Hand le electro nic components as l ittle as possibl e. If you remove a compon ent, place it in an electrostatic-sa fe container. The following table shows how humidity affects the electrostatic voltage levels generated by different activities . CAUTION: A product can be degrade d by as little as 700 V. Typical electrostatic voltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across v inyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 1 1,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 38 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Packaging and transporting guidelines Follow these grounding guidelines when packag ing and transporting equipmen t: â To avoid hand conta ct, transport products in static-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemblies with co nductive or approved containers or packaging . â Keep ESD-sensitive p arts in their containe rs unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstation s. â Place items on a grou nded surface befo re removing items from their containe rs. â Always be properly grounded when to uchin g a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from asse mblies in protective packaging or noncond uctive foam. â Use transporters and conveyors made of antistatic belts an d roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment use d for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials a re selected to avoid static charging. When gr ounding is not po ssible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these groundi ng workstation guidelin es: â Cover the workstatio n with approv ed static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connecte d to a pro perly grounded work surface a nd use properly grounded tools and equipmen t. â Use conductive field service too ls, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces, u se fixtures ma de only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work ar ea free of non c onductive materials, such as or dinary plasti c assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive compon ents, parts, and a ssemblies by the case or PCM laminate . Handle these items only at st atic-free worksta tions. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input sig nals before inserting o r removing connectors or test equi pment. Preliminary replacemen t requirements 39
Equipment guid elines Grounding equipme nt must include either a wrist st rap or a foo t strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap conn ected to a gr o unded system. Wrist straps are flexibl e straps with a minimum of one me gohm ±10% resistance in the ground co rds. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly aga inst the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with ban ana-plug conne ctors, use alligator clips to conne ct a wrist strap. â When standi ng, use foot strap s and a gro unded floor mat. Foot straps (hee l, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standin g workstat ions a nd are compa tible with mo st types o f shoes or boots. On conductive floors or dissipative floor ma ts, use foot straps on both feet with a min imum of one megohm resist ance between t he operator and ground. To be effective, the conductive strips must be worn in contact with the skin. The following gr ounding equip ment is reco mmended to pr event electros tatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins and other assembly or solderi ng aids â Nonconductive fo am â Conductive tabletop workstatio ns with ground cord s of one mego hm resistance â Static-dissipative t ables or floor mats with hard ties to the grou nd â Field service kits â Static awarenes s labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plas tic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and p rotective materials The following ta ble lists the sh ielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7, 500 V Metallized laminat e Floor mats 5,000 V 40 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Component replacement procedures This chapter pr ovides removal a nd replacement procedures. There are as many a s 110 screws, in 13 d ifferent sizes, that must be remo ved, replaced , or loosened when servicing the computer. Make specia l note of each scre w size and location during removal and replacement. Service tag When ordering part s or requesting informat ion, provide the c omputer serial n umber and model description provided on the service tag. (1) Product name: This is the product name affixed to the front of the compu ter. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an al phanume ric identifier th at is unique to each product. (3) Part number/Product number (p/n): Thi s number provide s specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to dete rmine what compone nts and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the al phanume ric identi fier need ed to locate do cuments, drivers, and support for the c omputer. (5) Warranty period: T his number describes the du ration of the warranty period for the computer. Component replacement p rocedures 41
Computer feet The compute r feet are adhesive -ba cked rubber pads. The fe et are incl uded in the Rub ber Feet Kit, spare part number 51632 6-001. There are 4 rubber feet th at attach to the base enclosure in the location s illustrated below. 42 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Battery Description Spare part number 8-cell, 73-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 516355-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 516354-001 Before disa ssembling th e computer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the computer upside down on a fla t surface. 2. Slide the battery release latch (1) to release the battery. 3. Pivot the battery (2) upwa rd and remove it from the compu ter. To insert the b attery, insert the rear edge of the ba ttery into the batte ry bay and pivot the front edge of the battery down ward until it is seated. The battery releas e latch automatically locks the battery into place. Component replacement p rocedures 43
Optical drive NOTE: The optical drive spare pa rt kit includ es an optical drive bezel and bracket. Description Spare part number Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL D rive with LightScribe 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516351-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Dr ive with LightScribe 516353-001 NOTE: If it is necessary to remove the op tical drive board, see System board on page 79 . Before removing the optical drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). Remove the optical drive: 1. Position the computer wi th the front toward you . 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw (1) that secures th e optical drive to the comp uter. 3. Remove the optical drive (2) . 4. If it is necessary to replac e the optical dri ve brac ke t, position the o ptical drive wi th the optica l drive bracket toward you. 44 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
5. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 sc rews that secure the optical dr ive bracket to the optical drive and remove the bracket. Reverse this procedure to reassemb le and install the optical drive. Primary hard drive cover Description Spare part number Primary hard drive co ver 518162-001 Before removi ng the pri mary hard drive cover, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). Remove the primary ha rd drive cover: 1. Loosen the four Phillips PM 2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the primary hard drive cover to the computer. Component replacement p rocedures 45
2. Lift the right side (2) of the primary hard drive cover, and then remove the cover (3) . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the primary ha rd drive cover. Secondary hard drive cover Description Spare part number Secondary hard drive cover 51 8164-001 Before removing the secondary hard drive cover, fo llow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the p rimary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on page 45 ). Remove the secondary hard drive cover: 1. Loosen the three Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the seco ndary hard drive cover to the computer. 46 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Lift the rear edge (2) , and remove the cover (3) . Reverse this procedure to insta ll the secondary hard drive cover. Component replacement p rocedures 47
Hard drive NOTE: The hard drive spare part kit inclu des left and ri ght bracket rails, a connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators. Description Spare part number 500-GB, 5400-rpm 516350-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 516349-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm 516346-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 516348-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm 516345-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 517639-001 Before removing the hard drive, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the p rimary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on page 45 ) NOTE: Remove the second ary hard drive cover (see Secondary hard drive cover on page 46 ) when removing th e secondary ha rd drive. Remove the hard drive: 1. Use the Mylar tab (1) to slide the hard drive to the left (2) , and then lift it to re lease it from the hard drive bay. 2. Disconnect th e hard drive cable (3) from the system board. 48 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
3. Remove the hard drive (4) . Reverse this procedure to install th e hard drive. Component replacement p rocedures 49
WLAN module Description Spare part number Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in all countries and regions 482957-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in all countries and regions 480985-001 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Vir gin Islands, and the United States 504664-001 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for us e in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azer baijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbad os, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colomb ia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Erit rea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi , Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, M auritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Naur u, Nepal, the Ne ther Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua , Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guin ea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippine s, Poland, Por tugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino , Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone , Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan , Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan , Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504664-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WL AN module for use in Afghanistan, Alba nia, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azer baijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbad os, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colomb ia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Erit rea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi , Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, M auritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Naur u, Nepal, the Ne ther Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua , Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guin ea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippine s, Poland, Por tugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino , Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone , Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan , Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan , Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459263-002 50 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Description Spare part num ber Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbu da, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico , Trin idad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN mo dule for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Aze rbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Ber muda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad , Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Comor o s, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, G hana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Hondura s, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, t he Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kaza khstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, L iberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Ma ldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nep al, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlan ds, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria , Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea , Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Pr incipe, Saudi Ar abia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Isla nds, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switze rland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanza nia, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkm enistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingd om, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietna m, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-002 Before removi ng the WLAN modul e, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). Remove the WLAN mo dule: CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the go vernmental agency that re gulates wireless devi ces in your country or re gion. If you replace the modu le and the n receive a warning me ssage, remove the module to resto re computer functionality, a nd then contact technical support th rough Help and Support. 1. Disconnect the WL AN antenna cables (1) from the WLAN module. NOTE: The black WL AN antenna cable is conne cted to the WLAN module âMainâ terminal. The white WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âAuxâ termin al. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws (2) that secure the WLAN module to the computer . (The edge of the modu le opposite the slot rises away from the computer.) Component replacement p rocedures 51
3. Remove the WLAN mo dule (3) by pulli ng it away from th e slot at an angle . NOTE: WL AN modules are designed with a notch (4) to prevent incorrect insertion into the WLAN module slot. Reverse this proc edure to inst all a WLAN module. 52 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
RTC battery NOTE: Removing the RTC ba ttery and leaving it uninstalled for 5 o r more minutes causes al l passwords and CMO S settings to be clea red. Description Spare part number RTC battery 449729-0 01 Before removi ng the RTC batte ry, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on pa ge 45 ). Remove the RTC battery: î Remove the RTC b attery from the socket on the system board. Reverse this procedure to install the RTC battery. Be sure that the RTC battery is installed with the â â sign facing up. Component replacement p rocedures 53
Memory module Description Spare part number 4096-MB 516337-001 2048-MB 516336-001 1024-MB 516335-001 Before removing the memory module, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the p rimary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on page 45 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Spread the retainin g tabs (1) on each side of the memory mo dule slot to release the memory module. (The edge of the module opp osite the slot ri ses away from the computer.) 2. Remove the module (2) by pulling it away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: Memory modules are design ed with a notch (3) to prevent incorrect insertion into the memory module slot. Reverse this proc edure to install th e memory module . 54 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part ki ts do not include a TV tuner modul e cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Ca ble Kit, spare part n umber 516328-0 01. NOTE: The TV tuner external a ntenna cables ar e av ailabl e using spare part number s 482900-0 01 (with F-PAL jack) and 48290 0-002 (with PAL jack). Description Spare part num ber DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001 Before removi ng the TV tuner module, fo llow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on pa ge 45 ). 6. Remove the secondary hard drive cover (see Secondary hard drive cover on page 46 ). Remove the TV tuner mo dule: 1. Disconnect the TV tu ner module antenna cable (1) from the terminal on the TV tuner module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (2) that secure s the TV tuner mo dule to the computer. (The edge of the modu le opposite the slot rises away from the computer.) Component replacement p rocedures 55
3. Remove the TV tuner module (3) . NOTE: Th e TV tuner module is d esigned with a notch (4) to prevent incorrect insertion in to the TV tuner module slot. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the TV tuner module. 56 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Switch cover and keyboard Description Spare part number Switch cover, for use in white computers ( includes LED board and cable) 516300-001 Switch cover, for use in black com puters (includes LED board and cable) 519269-001 White keyboard 516357-xxx Black molded keyboard 519265-xxx Black painted keyboard 519266-xxx NOTE: For a detailed list of available keyboards, see Sequential par t number listing on page 28 . Before removi ng the switch cover and keyboard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on pa ge 45 ). Component replacement p rocedures 57
Remove the switch cover and keyboard: 1. Remove the following screws: (1) Three Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that secure the keybo ard to the computer (2) Three Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that se cure the switch cover to the computer (3) Four Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws that secure the swit ch cover to the computer 2. Turn the compu ter display-side up, with the front toward you. 3. Open the computer as far as possible. 4. Lift the rear edge of the switch cover until it detaches from the computer. 5. Lift the switch cover (1) to access the keyboard screws. 58 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
6. Remove the four Philli ps PM2.0Ã 4.0 screws (2) that secure the keyboard to the co mputer. 7. Lift the keyboard (3) until the keyboard connector on the system board is accessible. 8. Release the zero i nsertion force (ZIF) con nector (1) to which the keyboard ca ble is connected and disconnect the cable (2) from the system board. 9. Remove the keyboard. 10. Disconnect the power button board cable (1) from the low insertion force (L IF) connector on the system board. Component replacement p rocedures 59
11. Disconnect t he LED board cable (2) from the LIF conn ector on the system boa rd. 12. Remove the switch cover. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the switch cover a nd keyboard. 60 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Power button board Description Spare part num ber Power button board for use in computers with discrete graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 516329-001 Power button board for use in computers with U M A graphics subsystems (i ncludes cable) 518165-001 Before removi ng the power bu tton board, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboa rd (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). Remove the powe r button board: 1. Turn the switch cover upside down with the front toward yo u. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (1) that se cures the power bu tton board to the switch cover. 3. Remove the power button board (2) and cable. Reverse this proced ure to install the po wer button bo ard. Component replacement p rocedures 61
Speaker assembly Description Spare part number Speaker assembly 516323-001 Before removing the speaker assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on p age 57 ). Remove the speaker assembly: 1. Disconnect th e speaker assembly cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the speaker assembly (2) . Reverse this proc edure to in stall the speaker assembly. 62 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Bluetooth module NOTE: The Bluetooth module sp are part kit does not in clude a Bluetooth mod ule cable. The Bluetooth module cable is ava ilable using spare part number 517 638-001. Description Spare part num ber Bluetooth module 483113-001 Before removi ng the Bluetooth mo dule, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboa rd (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). 6. Remove the speake r assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). Remove the Blueto oth module: 1. Disconnect the Blue tooth module cable (1) from the Bluetooth module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (2) that secures the Bluetooth module to the computer. 3. Remove the Blueto oth module (3) . Reverse this procedure to in stall the Bluetooth mod ule. Component replacement p rocedures 63
Display assembly NOTE: The display assembl y includes a webcam, 2 mi crophones, an d 2 wireless a ntenna transceivers and cables. Description Spare part number 17.3-inch HD flush glass An tiGlare display assembly for use in white compu ters 516296-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assembly for use in white computers 516295-001 17.3-inch HD flush glass An tiGlare display assembly for use in black compu ters 519260-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assembly for use in black computers 519259-001 Before removing the display assembly, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Disconnect the wire less antenna cables from the WLAN modul e (see WLAN module on page 50 ). 6. Remove the switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on p age 57 ). 7. Remove the speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). Remove the disp lay assembly: 1. Disconnect the displa y panel cable (1) and the webcam/micropho ne cable (2) fro m the system board. 64 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Remove the WLAN ante nna cables from the clip s (3) built into the top cover. CAUTION: Support the display assembly when removing the following screws. Failure to support the display assembly can re sult in damage to the display assembly and other computer components. 3. Remove the four Ph illips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) that secure the display assembly to th e computer. 4. Remove the display assembly (2) . NOTE: Steps 5 through 18 provide display assembly internal componen t removal information for computer models equipp ed with flush glas s display assemblies. See steps 19 through 28 for display assembly internal component removal in formation for compu ter models equipped with BrightView display assemblies. Component replacement p rocedures 65
5. If it is necessary to replace the display enclosure or any of the display ass embly internal components, remove the followi ng screw covers and screws: (1) Two rubber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge. The display rubber scre w covers are included in th e Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 516 446-001. (2) Four Phillips PM 2.5Ã7.0 screws. 6. Turn the displ ay assembly upside down, with the bottom toward you. 7. Lift and release the bottom of the display enclosure (1) . 8. Disconnect the displa y logo cable (2) from the d isplay panel cabl e. 9. Route the webcam cable and antenna cables (3) through the hinge chan nel. 10. Remove the display enclos ure (4) . The display enclosure is available using spare part numbe r 516443-001, and includes th e display logo LED board and the wireless antenna transceivers an d cables. 66 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
11. If it is necessary to remove the hinge cove r, remove th e four Phillips PM2 .5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the hinge cover to the display assembly, and then remove the cover (2) . The hinge cover is available using spa re part number 5378 44-001. 12. If it is necessary to replac e the webcam/microphone module, remove the Phi llips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (1) that secures the module to the display bezel. 13. Release the webcam/microp hone module (2) a s far as the we bcam/micropho ne module cable allows. 14. Disconnect the webcam/micropho ne module cable (3) and remo ve the webcam/microph one module. The webcam/micropho ne module is av ailable using spare part numbe r 516312-001. Component replacement p rocedures 67
15. Disconnect the d isplay panel cable from the displa y p anel. The display panel cab le is available using spare part nu mber 516307-001. 16. If it is necessary to replace the display hinges, remove the six Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the display hi nges to the top of the display panel. 17. Remove the four Phil lips PM 2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure the hinges to the sides of th e display panel (2) . 68 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
18. Remove the display hinge assembly (3) by l ifting it straight up. The display hinge s are available using spare part numb er 516444-001. The displa y screw kit is available using spare part kit 531764-001. The left and right sid es of the display hinge assembly are secured using fou r PM 2.5Ã4.0 screws (1) to a bracke t (2) as sho wn in the following image. NOTE: Steps 19 through 28 provide display asse mbly internal compon ent removal information for computer mode ls equipped with BrightView displa y assemblies. See steps 5 thro ugh 18 for display assembly internal compo nent removal information for compu ter models equipped with flush glass display assemblies. Component replacement p rocedures 69
19. If it is nece ssary to replace th e display bezel or any o f the disp lay assembly inte rnal componen ts, remove the following screw covers and screws: (1) Two rubber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge. The display rubber scre w covers are included in th e Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 516 308-001. (2) Two Phillip s PM2.5Ã6.5 scre ws 20. Flex the insi de edges of th e top edge (1) , the left and right sides (2) , and the bottom edge of the display bezel (3) until the bezel disenga ges from the display enclosure. 21. Remove the display bezel (4) . The display bezel is avail able using th e spare part number 516305-001. 22. If it is nece ssary to rep lace webcam/microphon e module, release the module from the displa y bezel (1) as far a s the webcam/microphon e module cable allows. 70 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
23. Disconnect the webcam/micropho ne module cable (2) and remo ve the webcam/microph one module. The webcam/micropho ne module is av ailable using spare part numbe r 516312-001. 24. If it is necessary to r eplace the display pa nel, remove the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw s (1) from the top corners and the six Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) from the display hinges. The display panel is available usin g spar e part number 516303-0 01. Component replacement p rocedures 71
25. Flex the bottom of the display panel (1) back and release the display hin ges. Remove the disp lay panel (2) . 26. If it is necessary to replac e the display hinges, remove th e four Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure each display hing e to the display pa nel. 27. Remove the display hinges (2) . The display hinges are available in the Display Hinge Bracket Kit, spare part 516306-001. T he display hinge screws ar e available in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 516309-001 . 72 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
28. If it is necessary to remove the display panel cable, remo ve the adhesive plastic strip (1) from the display panel cable, an d lift up the d isplay panel cable (2) . Remove the tape (3) that secures the cable to the disp lay panel. The displ ay panel cable i s available using spa re part number 516307-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the display assemb ly. Component replacement p rocedures 73
Top cover Description Spare part number For use only with white computer mode ls equipped with a fingerprint reader; includes fin gerprint reader board 516299-001 For use only with white computer models not equippe d with a fingerprint reader 516360-001 For use only with black computer models equippe d with a fingerprint reader; includes fin gerprint reader board 519267-001 For use only with black computer models not equippe d with a fingerprint reader 519268-001 Before removing the top cover, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ) d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Turn the compu ter upside down, with the front toward you. 74 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Remove the 3 Phill ips 2.5Ã4.0 silver broadhea d screws (1) and 11 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (2) that secure the to p cover to the bo ttom of the computer. 3. Disconnect the fo llowing cables f rom the system bo ard: (1) TouchPad board cab le (2) Fingerprint reader board cab le Component replacement p rocedures 75
4. Remove the following screws that secu re the top co ver to the computer: (1) 4 black PM2.0 Ã4.0 screws (2) 4 silver PM2.0Ã4.0 screws (3) 2 black PM2.5 Ã7.0 screws 5. Remove the to p cover by lifting it straigh t up. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the top cover. 76 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Modem module NOTE: The modem modu le spare part kits do not include a modem module cable. The modem module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 5 16328-001 . Description Spare part num ber Modem module for use in all countries and regions except Australia an d New Zealand 461749-001 For use only in Australia and New Zealand 461749-011 Before removi ng the mode m module, follow the se steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). Remove the mo dem module: 1. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã3. 0 screws (1) that secure the modem mo dule to the system board. 2. Lift the mode m module (2) . Component replacement p rocedures 77
3. Disconnect the modem module cable (3) and remove the modem module from the system board. Reverse this proc edure to install th e modem module. 78 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
System board NOTE: The system board spare kit incl udes replacement therma l material. Description Spare part number System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of dedicated memory 516294-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of dedicated memory 516293-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 discrete graph ics subsystem and 512-MB of dedicated memory 516292-001 System board with Intel GMA 4700MHD UMA graphics subsystem and shared memory 516291-001 System board bracket 516334-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ) c. Switch cover (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ) d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ) When replacing the system board, be sure that the following compon ents are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system board: â TV tuner module (see TV tuner module on pa ge 55 ) â RTC battery (see RTC battery on page 53 ) â Memory modu le (see Memory module on page 54 ) â WLAN module (see Bluetooth module on page 63 ) â Modem module (see Modem module on page 77 ) Component replacement p rocedures 79
â Fan/heat sink assembly (see System board on page 79 ) â Processor (see System board on pag e 79 ) Remove the system board: 1. Disconnect the following cables from the system boar d: (1) Audio/infrared board cable NOTE: The audio/infrared board cable connects to a LI F connector on the system board. (2) Subwoofer cable (3) USB board cable NOTE: The USB board cable connects to a LIF connector on the system b oard. (4) Power co nnector cable 80 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Disconnect the hard drive connecto r cables from the system board. 3. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the system board to the base enclosure. 4. Lift up on th e right side of t he system boar d until it is at a pproximately a 45-degree angle (2 ) , and then lift the system board to the right and up a nd out of the base enclosure (3) . Component replacement p rocedures 81
5. If it is necessary to remov e the optical drive bo ard from the system board, pull the optical drive board straight off the system boa rd. The optical drive boa rd is available using spare part number 519481-001 for compute rs with discrete graphics and 535805-001 fo r computers with UMA graphics. Reverse this procedure to inst all the system board. Audio/infrared board Description Spare part number Audio/infrared board for use in computers with discrete graphics subs ystems (inc ludes cable) 516330-001 Audio/infrared board for use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems (includes cable) 518166-001 Before removing the audio /infrared board, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the compu ter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). 82 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). Remove the audio /infrared board: 1. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw (1) tha t secures the audio/infrared bo ard to the base enclosure. 2. Release the aud io/infrared board cabl e from the clip (2) buil t into the base enclosure. 3. Lift the aud io/infrared board (3) straight up. 4. Disconnect the audio/infrared boar d cable from the system board (4) , and then remove the audio- infrared board from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to in stall the audio /infrared board. USB board Description Spare part num ber USB board for use in computers with discre te graphics subsyste ms (includes cable) 516332-001 USB board for use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems (includes cable ) 518168-001 Before removi ng the USB board, fol low these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. Component replacement p rocedures 83
4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). Remove the USB board: 1. Disconnect th e USB board cable (1) from the LIF connector on t he system board. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw (2) that secures th e USB boar d to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the USB board (3) from th e base enclosure . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the USB board. Subwoofer Description Spare part number Subwoofer 516333-001 Before removing the subwoofer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 84 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). Remove the Subwoofer: 1. Remove the three Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screws (1) that secure the subwoofer to the base enclosure. 2. Ensure the rubber grommets (2) that contained the broadh ead screws are still in place. 3. Remove the subwoofe r (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the subwoofer. Component replacement p rocedures 85
TV tuner module cable NOTE: The TV tuner module ca ble is available in the Cable Kit, spa re part number 516328-001. Before removing the TV tuner module cable, fol low these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the compu ter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the TV tuner module cable : 1. Remove the TV tuner modu le cable from the clips (1) built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the TV tuner module conn ector (2) from the clip built into t he side of the base encl osure. 86 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
3. Remove the assembly from the enclosure (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the TV tuner module cab le. Modem module cable NOTE: The modem modul e cable is availab le in the Ca ble Kit, spare part numb er 516328-001. The modem module cab le includes the RJ-11 jack. Before removi ng the mode m module cable, foll ow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (see System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the modem module cable: Component replacement p rocedures 87
1. Release the cab le from the clips (1) built into the ba se enclosure. 2. Remove t he RJ-11 jack (2) from the clip built in to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the assembly from the base enclosure (3) . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the modem module cab le. Power connector cable Description Spare part number Power connector cable 53 6857-001 NOTE: The power co nnector cable is av ailable in th e Cable Kit, spare part number 501891-001. Before removing the power connector cable , follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the compu ter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). 88 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (see System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the powe r connector cable: 1. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw (1) that secures the power connector and b racket (2) to the base enclosure . 2. Remove the power conn ector cable (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the powe r connector cable. Fan/heat sink assembly NOTE: The fan/heat sink a ssembly spare ki t includes replacemen t thermal material. Description Spare part number For use only with computer m odels equipped with graphics subs ystems with discrete memory 516876-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with gr aphics subsystems with UMA memory 516331-001 NOTE: To properly ventilate the computer , allow at le ast a 7.6-cm (3-inch) cl earance on the right side and rear pane l of the computer. The comp uter uses an electric fan for ventilatio n. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on auto matically when high te mperature condition s exist. These condit ions are affect ed by high external temperatures , system pow er consumption, power management/battery conservation configurations, b a ttery fast charging, and so ftware requirem ents. Exhaust air is displ aced through th e ventilation grill lo cated on th e left side of the compute r. Before removi ng the fan/hea t sink assembly, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. Component replacement p rocedures 89
3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the fan/he at sink assembly : NOTE: Steps 1 through 4 apply only to models with discrete subsystem memory on the system board. See steps 5 through 8 a pply only to models with UMA subsyst em memory on the system board. 1. Turn the system boa rd upside down, with the expan sion port and external monitor port toward yo u. 2. Disconnect the fan cable (1) from the system board. 3. Loosen the six Philli ps captive screws (2) that secure the fa n/heat sink assembly to the system board. 90 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
4. Remove the fa n/heat sink assemb ly (3) . NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the th ermal material located b etween the fa n/heat sink assembly and system board componen ts, it may be necessary to mo ve the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side t o detach the ass embly. NOTE: The thermal material must be thoroughl y cleaned from the surfac es of the fan/heat si nk assembly and the system boa rd each time the fan/ heat sink assembly is removed. Thermal pa ste is used on the processor (1) and the heat sink section (2) that ser vices it. Thermal pa ds are used on the Northbridge chip (3) and No rthbridge contact (4) , the graphics subsystem chip (5) and graphics/heat sink contact (6) and various capacitors and th eir contacts (7) . Replacement thermal material is included with all fa n/heat sink assembly, system board, and processor spare part kits. 5. Turn the system board upside down , with the expansion port and ex ternal monitor port toward you. 6. Disconnect th e fan cable (1) from the system board. 7. Loosen the three Philli ps captive screws (2) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the syst em board. Component replacement p rocedures 91
8. Remove the fa n/heat sink assembly (3) . NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the thermal material loca ted between the fan/he at sink assembly and system board compon ents, it may be necessary to mo ve the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detac h the assembly. The thermal materi al must be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the fan/heat sink assembly and the system board each time the fan/heat sink assembly is removed. T hermal paste is used on capacitors and their contacts (1) , on the processor and contact (2) , and on the North bridge chip and contact (3) . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the fan/heat sink assembly. 92 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Processor NOTE: The processor spare part kit includes th ermal material. Description Spare part number Intel Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 2 .26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz F SB 507947-001 Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507948-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9800 2.93-GH z with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507951-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9550 2.66-GH z with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507953-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8700 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507960-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507963-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7450 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507965-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6600 2.20-GH z with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB 513593-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6400 2.00-GH z with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB 513592-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T4200 2.00- GHz with 1-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB 513599-001 Before removi ng the proces sor, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (see System board on pa ge 79 ). i. Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 89 ). Remove the processo r: 1. Turn the processor locking screw (1) one-half turn countercl ockwise until you hear a cl ick. Component replacement p rocedures 93
2. Lift the processor (2) straight u p and remove it. NOTE: When you install the processor, the gold triangle (3) on the processor must be alig ned with the tr iangle icon (4) embossed on the processor socket. Reverse this procedure to instal l the processor. 94 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
5 Setup Utility WARNING! Only authorized technicians trained by HP must re pair this equipment. All tro ubleshooting and repair pr ocedures ar e detailed to allow repair at only the subasse mbly or module level. Because of the complexity of the individual boards and su bassemblies, do not attempt to make repairs at the component level or modify any printed wiring board. Improper repairs can crea te a safety hazard. Any indication of component replace ment or printed w iring board mod ification may void any warra nty or exchange allowances . Starting the Se tup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM- based information and customization ut ility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working. NOTE: The fingerprint reader (selec t models only) cannot be used to access the Setup Utility. The utility reports information abou t the computer and provides setti ngs for startup, security, and other preferences. To start the Setup Utility: î Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . 2. When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . Starting the Setup Utility 95
Using the Setup Utility Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the la nguage of the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is already running, be gin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the comput er. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Langua ge , and then p ress enter . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and then press enter . 4. When a co nfirmation prompt with you r language selected is displa yed, press enter . 5. To save your chan ge and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes into effect immed iately. Display system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the comput er. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the compute r is displayed. 3. To exit the Setup Util ity without changing any se ttings, use the ar row keys to sele ct Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . 96 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility The following procedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Util ity default settings . If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already run ning, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is di splayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Se tup Confirmation is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your change a nd exit the Setup Utility, use the a rrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . The Setup Utility defaul t settings go into effect when th e computer restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and la nguage settings are not changed wh en you restore the factory default settings. Exiting the Setup Utility You can exit the Setup Uti lity with or without sa ving changes. â To exit the Setup Utility and save yo ur changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menu s are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menu s are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding C hanges , and the n press enter . After either choice, the computer restarts in Windows. Using the Setup Utility 97
Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this section provid e an ove rview of Setup Uti lity options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in this chapter may not be sup ported by your computer. Main menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the computer. â View specification information about the processor, memory size, syst em BIOS, and keyboard controller vers ion (select models only). Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administra tor password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on pa ssword. System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Change the Setup Utility language. Button Sound (select models only) Enable/disable the capacit ive button tapping sound. Virtualization Technology Enable/disable the processo r Virtualization Technology. Processor C4 State (select models only) Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. LAN Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable LAN Power Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Card Reader/1394 Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable Card Reader/1394 Power Saving . When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. 98 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Select To do t his Fan Always On Enabled/disable Fan Always On. When enabled, the computer fan will always be on. Boot Options Set the following boot options: â f9 and f10 Delay (sec.) â Set the delay for the f9 and f10 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM boot â Enable/disable boot from CD-R OM. â Floppy boot â Enable/disable boot fr om diskette. â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable b oot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠USB Floppy ⦠Internal CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠Hard driv e ⦠USB Diskette on Key ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠Network adapter Diagnostics menu Select To do t his Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive. NOTE: On models with two hard drives, this me nu option is calle d the Primary Hard Disk Self Test. Secondary Hard Disk Self Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive. Memory Test Run a diagnostic te st on the system memory. Setup Utility menus 99
6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Width 46.60 cm 18.35 in Depth 30.90 cm 12.16 in Height (front to back) 3.90 to 4.70 cm 1.53 to 1.85 in Weight (with optical drive, hard drive, and battery) 3.75 kg 8.26 lbs Second hard drive adds: 0.13 kg 0.28 lbs Camera adds: 0.009 kg 0.02 lbs Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 35°C 32°F to 95 °F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95 °F Nonoperating -20°C to 60° C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitu de (unpressurized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specif y thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. 100 Chapter 6 Specifications
17.3-inch, HD flush glass AntiGlare display specifications Metric U.S . Dimensions Height 20.7 cm 12.15 in Width 33.1 cm 17.03 in Diagonal 43.9 cm 17.29 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 (typical) Brightness 180 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.197 à 0.197 mm Format 1600 à 900 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight LED Character display 80 à 25 Total power co nsumption 2 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, /-50° vertical (typ ical) 17.3-inch, HD flush glass Anti Glare displa y specifications 101
17.3-inch HD BrightView display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 30.7 cm 12.15 in Width 43.1 cm 17.03 in Diagonal 43.9 cm 17 .29 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 Brightness 150 nits typical Pitch resoluti on Pitch 0.259 à 0.259 mm Format 1600 à 900 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight LED Character display 80 à 25 Total power cons umption 2 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, /â50° vertical typical 102 Chapter 6 Specifications
Hard drive specifications 500-GB* 320-GB* 250-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 101 g 101 g 101 g Interface type ATA-7 ATA-7 ATA-7 Transfer rate Synchronous (maximum) 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical blocks 1,048,576,000 625,141,400 488,397,168 Disc rotational speed 5400-rpm 5400-rpm 5400-rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F ) *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Actual accessible capacity is less. NOTE: Certain restrictions and excl usions apply. Contact te chnical su pport for details. Hard drive specifications 103
Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive Applicable disc Read: Write: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD-MIDI, CDTEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD- R, CD-RW) , CD-R, CD- RW, DVDROM (DVD-5, DVD-9, DVD- 10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM, HD- ROM (Single Layer), HD-ROM (Dual Layer), HD DVD-R, HD DVD-R for Dual Layer, HD DVD-RW CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD R (9), DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-R(9) ,DVD-RW, DVD-RA M Access time CD DVD HD Random 170 ms 170 ms 230 ms Cache buffer 8 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec 1X BD-ROM 4 ,500 KB/sec 1X BD-R read 4 ,500 KB/sec 1X BD-RE read 4 ,500 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode 104 Chapter 6 Specifications
DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable disc Read: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD-MIDI, CD- TEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo- CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD- R, CD-RW), CD-R, CD-RW, D VD- ROM (DVD-5, DVD-9, DVD-1 0, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM Write: CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD-RAM Standard disc 12 cm (4.72 in) Mini disc 8 cm (3.15 in) Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Full stroke < 285 ms < 335 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD- R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DV D R(9) 2,700 KB/ sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperM ulti Double -L ayer Combo Drive specifications 105
Hardware DMA System function DMA4 Direct me mory access controller DMA5* Avai lable f or PC Car d DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller can use DM A 1, 2, or 5. 106 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natur al Keyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Conexant ACâLink Audio Intel 82801DB/DBM SMBus Controller â24C3 Data Fax Modem with SmartCP IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet Contr oller IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numeric data processor IRQ14 Primary IDE channel IRQ15 Secondary IDE channel *Default configuration; audio poss ible configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. NOTE: PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. System interrupt specifications 107
System I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System functi on (shipping configu ration) 00-1F DMA Controller Cha nnel 0-3 CF7 PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 20 - 21 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Master Controller ) 24 - 25 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 28 - 29 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 2C - 2D Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 2E -2F M/B Resource (LPC Con troller) 30 - 31 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 34 - 35 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 38 - 39 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 3C - 3D Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 40 - 43 System Timer 4E - 4F M/B Resource (LPC Controller) 50 - 53 System Timer 60 EC 61 LPC 62 EC 63 LPC 64 EC 65 LPC 66 EC 67 LPC 70 - 77 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 81 - 91 DMA Contr oller Channel 2 92 LPC A0 - A1 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Slave Controller) A4 - A5 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) A8 - A9 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) AC - AD Programmable Interrupt Con troller (Aliases) B0 - B1 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) B2 - B3 LPC B4 - B5 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) B8 - B9 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 108 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shipping configurat ion) BC - BD Programmable Inter rupt Controller (Aliases) C0 - DF DMA Controller Channel 4- 7 F0 Numeric data processor 380 - 383 ENE CIR Receiver 384 - 38E EC 3B0 - 3BB VGA 3C0 - 3DF VGA 400 - 47F LPC 4D0 - 4D1 Programmable Interrupt Controller 500 - 53F LPC 600 - 60F LPC 610 LPC 800 - 80F LPC 810 - 817 LPC 820 - 823 LPC D00 - FFFF PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 164E - 164F LPC 2000 - 2FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 6 (B0/D28/F5) 3000 - 3FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 5 (B0/D28/F4) 4000 - 4FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 4 (B0/D28/F3) 5000 - 50FF Rea ltek RTL8168C/8111C PCI-E Gigabit Ethernic NIC (B3/D0/F0) 6000 - 6FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 1 (B0/D28/F0) 7000 - 70FF VGA 7000 - 7FFF PCI-E Root Port (B0/D1/F0) 8000 - 801F SMBus Controller 8020 - 803F SATA AHCI Controller - 2929 8040 - 805F USB UHCI Controller - 2939 8060 - 807F USB UHCI Controller - 2936 8080 - 809F USB UHCI Controller - 2935 80A0 - 80 BF USB UHCI Controller - 2934 80C0 - 80DF USB UHCI Controller - 3938 80E0 - 80FF USB UHCI Controller - 2937 8100 - 8117 SATA AHCI Controller - 292 9 System I/O address specifications 109
System memory map specifications Size Memory address System function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Super extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memory (d irect access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFF FFFF System BIOS 110 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specificat ion and reference informa tion for the screws used in the computer. Screws listed in this section are available in the Screw Kit, spare part number 516327-001. Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (black) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 2 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 2 screws that secure the modem to the system board Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (black) 111
Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (silver) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Silver 12 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the display hinges to the hinge bracket on computer models eq uipped with flush glass display assemblies 112 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 4 screws that secure the display hin ges to the display panel on computer mod els equipped with flush glass display assembli es Where used : 4 screws that secure the display panel to the d isplay enclosure on c omputer models equipped with BrightView display assemblies Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (silver) 113
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Black 24 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the optical drive to the computer Where used: 4 screws that secure the display bezel to the display en closure on computer models equipped with f lush glass display assemblies 114 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : 11 scr ews that s ecure the to p cover to the base enclosure Where used : One screw that secures the p ower connector and bracket to th e base enclosure Where used : 3 screws that secure the keyb oard to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 115
Where used: 2 screws that secure the switch cover to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to top of the compute r 116 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 10 6.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : (1) 4 captive screws that secure the prima ry hard dr ive cover to the computer (screws are secured by a C-clip) (2) 3 captive screws that secure the secondary hard drive cover to the computer (screws are secured by a C-clip) Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw 117
Where used : 3 screws that secure the fan/ heat sink to the sy stem board in co mputer models equipped with discrete graphics 118 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (black) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 8 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used : One screw that secures the TV tuner module to the system board Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (black) 119
Where used: One screw that secures the WL AN module to the sys tem board Where used: 4 screws that secure the to p cover to the ba se enclosure (along top of base enclo sure) Where used: One screw that secures th e power button board to the sw itch cover 120 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : One screw that se cures the Bluetoot h module to the top co ver Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (black) 121
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (silver) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Silver 11 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the optical drive bracket to the op tical drive Where used: 4 screws that secure the keyboard to the top of the computer 122 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: One scre w that secures the webcam/micropho ne module to the di splay bezel on comp uter models equipp ed with flush glass display assemblies Where used : Four screws that secure the top cover to the top of the computer Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (silver) 123
Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (silver) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Silver 10 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 6 screws that secure the display hinges to the display panel on comp uter models equipped with flush glass display assemblies 124 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : 4 screws that secure the hinge cover to the d isplay enclosure on c omputer models equipped with flush glass display assem blies Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (black) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 8 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used : 4 screws, located inside the battery bay, t hat secure the switch c over to the comput er Where used : 4 screws that secure the di splay hinges to th e display hinge bracket on computer models equipped with flush glass display assem blies Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (black) 125
Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 broadhead screw Color Qua ntity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 3 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 8.0 mm Where used: 3 screws, located inside the hard d rive bay, th at secure the top cove r to the computer 126 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 12 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.4 mm Where used : One screw that secures the U SB board to the base encl osure Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 127
Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the base enclo sure Where used: One screw that secures th e audio/infrared bo ard to the base enclo sure Where used: 8 screws that secure the displ ay panel to the disp lay enclosure on computer mode ls equipped with Brig htView display assemblies 128 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screw Color Quantit y Length Thread Head diameter Black 3 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 8.0 mm Where used : 3 screws that secure the subwoofer to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screw 129
Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw Color Qua ntity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 6.5 mm 2.5 mm 4 .5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the display bezel to the display en closure on computer models equipped with Brig htView display assemblies 130 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw Color Quantit y Length Thread Head diameter Silver 6 14.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used : 3 screws that secure the fan/heat sink to the system board in co mputer model s equipped with discrete graphics Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw 131
Where used : 3 screws that secure the fan/ heat sink to the sy stem board in co mputer models equipped with UMA graphics 132 Chapter 7 Screw listing
8 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most curren t backup. HP reco mmends that you create recovery discs immediately after software setup. As you add ne w software and data files, yo u should continue to back up your system on a reg ular basis to main tain a reasonably current backup. Tools provided by the ope rating system and Recove ry Manag er software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information and restoring it in case of a syst em failure: â Making a set of recovery discs (Recovery Manager sof tware feature). Recovery discs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and softwar e programs to factory settings in case of system failure or instability. â Backing up your information regula rly to protect your important system files. â Creating system restore points (operating sys tem feature). System restore points allow you to reverse undesira ble changes to your comp uter by re storing the computer to an earlier state. â Recovering a program or d river (Recovery Ma nager software feature ). This feature helps you reinstall a program or driver without performing a full system recovery. â Performing a full system reco very (Recovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you ex perience system failure or instabilit y. Recovery Manager works from a dedicated recovery partitio n (select models only) on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. NOTE: If your computer includes a so li d-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. Recovery discs have been in cluded for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To check for the presence of a recovery partition, select Start > Computer . If the partition is present, an HP Recovery dr ive is listed i n the Hard Disk Drives section of the windo w. Recovering system information 133
Creating recovery discs HP recommends that you create recove ry discs to be sure that y ou can restore your system to its original factory state if you experience se rious system failure or instability. Create these di scs af ter setting up the computer for the first time. Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe place. The software allows the creation of only one set of recovery discs. NOTE: If your computer does no t include an internal o ptical drive, you can use an optional extern al optical drive (purchased separately) to create reco very discs, or you can purchase recovery discs for your computer from the HP Web site. Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need hi gh-quality DVD-R, do uble-layer DVD-R , DVD R, double -layer DVD R, BD- R (writable Blu-ray), or CD-R discs. All these di scs are purchased separate ly. DVDs and BDs have a much higher capacity than CDs. If you use CD s, up to 20 discs may be required, whereas only a few DVDs or BDs are require d. NOTE: Rea d-write discs, suc h as CD-RW, DVD± RW, double-layer DVD±RW, an d BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, are not compatib le with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connected to AC power during this p rocess. â Only one set of recovery discs can be created per computer. â Number each disc befo re inserting it into the computer optica l drive. â If necessary, you can exit the pr ogram before you have finished creating th e recovery discs. The next time you open Recove ry Manager, you wi ll be prompted to continue the disc creatio n process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Re covery Manager > Recovery Man ager . Recovery Manager opens. 2. Click Advanced Options . NOTE: If you are operating the computer on battery power, you will be pr ompted to connect to AC power before you can go to the next step. 3. Click Recovery disc creation , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on-screen instructio ns. 134 Chapt er 8 Backup and Recove ry
Backing up your information When to back up â On a regularly schedule d basis NOTE: Set reminders to back up your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Backup suggestions â Create a set of recovery discs using Recovery Manager. â Create system resto re points using th e Windows® System Restore feature, and perio dically copy them to disc. â Store personal files i n the Documents folde r and back up these folders periodicall y. â Back up templates stored in their a ssociated progra ms. â Save customized settings in a window, toolbar, o r me nu bar by taking a screen shot of your settin gs. The screen sho t can be a time saver if you have to reset your preferences. To copy the scree n and paste it in to a word-processing docume nt, follow these steps: 1. Display the screen. 2. Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc . 3. Open a word-processing document, and then select Edit > Paste . Using system restore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point i n time. You can then re cover back to that point if you wa nt to reverse sub sequent changes ma de to your system. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier resto re point does not a ffect data files saved or e-mails created since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased protection f or your system files and settings. Backing up your information 135
When to create restore points â Before you add or ex tensively modify software or hardware â Periodically, whenever the syste m is performing optimally NOTE: If you revert to a restore poin t and then chang e your mind, you can reverse th e restoration. Create a system restore point 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System an d Maintenance > System . 2. In the le ft pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protec tion tab. 4. Under Automatic restor e points , select the disk for which you want to create a re store point. 5. Click Crea te . The System Protection window open s. 6. Follow the on-screen instructio ns. Restore to a previous date and time To revert to a resto re point (created at a previous date and time), when the computer w as functioning optimally, follo w these steps: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System an d Maintenance > System . 2. In the le ft pane, click System pr otection . 3. Click the System Protec tion tab. 4. Click the System Resto re button, and the n click Next . The System Restore window opens. 5. Follow the on-screen instructio ns. 136 Chapt er 8 Backup and Recove ry
Performing a recovery NOTE: You can recover only files that you have previously backed up. HP reco mmends that you use Recovery Manage r to create an entire drive backup as soon as you se t up your computer. Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager work s from recovery discs that you cr eate or from a dedicated recovery partition (select mod els only) on t he hard drive. However, if your co mputer include s a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case , recovery discs have been included with your computer. Use these discs to re cover your operating system and software. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as System Restore and driver roll-back capabilities. If you have not alre ady tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. NOTE: Recovery Manager recovers only software t hat was preinstalled at the factory. So ftware not provided with this co mputer must be do wnloaded fr om the manufacturer's We b site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacture r. Recovering from the recovery discs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Inser t the fir st rec overy disc i nto th e optical drive and restar t the computer. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering from the dedicated recover y partition (select models only) NOTE: If your computer includes a so lid-state drive (SSD ), you may not have a re covery partition. You will not be able to recover using this procedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to rec over your operating system and software. On some models, you can perform a re covery from the partition on the ha rd driv e fro m either the Start button or f11 . To restore the system from the partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Man ager in either of the followin g ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Recovery M anager > Recovery Man ager . âorâ â Restart the computer an d press f11 while the âPress <F11> for re cov eryâ message is displayed on the screen. Then select Re covery Manag er . 2. Click Advanced Options . 3. Click System recovery , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a recovery 137
9 Connector pin assignments 1394 Pin Signal 1 Power 2 Ground 3 TPB- 4 TPB 5 TPA- 6T P A Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground 138 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3G r o u n d External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizont al sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock Audio-out (headphon e) 139
HDMI Pin Signal 1 TMDS data 2 2 TMDS data 2 shield 3 TMDS data 2â 4 TMDS data 1 5 TMDS data 1 shield 6 TMDS data 1â 7 TMDS data 0 8 TMDS data 0 shield 9 TMDS data 0â 10 TMDS clock 11 TMDS clock shield 12 TMDS clock- 13 CEC 14 Not connected 15 DDC clock 16 DDC data 17 Ground 18 5V power 19 Hot plug detect 140 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
RJ-11 (modem) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6U n u s e d RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8U n u s e d RJ-11 (modem) 141
Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground 142 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input feature of the comp uter permits it to operate from any line voltage from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor powe r cord set included wi th the compu ter meets the requirem ents for use in the country or region wh ere the equ ipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries or region s must meet the requirements of the country or region where the computer is used. Requirements for all countries or regions The require ments listed b elow are ap plicable to all countries o r regions: â The length of th e power cord set m ust be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets mu st be approved by an acceptable accredited a gency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where the power cord set will be used. â The power cord se ts must have a mi nimum current capaci ty of 10 amp s and a nomina l voltage rating of 125 o r 250 V AC, as req uired by each country or regionâs power syste m. â The appliance coupler mu st meet the mechan ical configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for ma ting with the appl iance inlet on the back of the compu ter. Requirements for all countries or regions 143
Requirements for specific countries or regions Country or region Accred ited agency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan ME TI 3 The Netherlands KEM A 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BS I 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-con ductor, 1.0- mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 2 50 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wall plug must bea r a âTâ mark and registratio n number in accordance w ith the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VC T or VCTF, 3- conductor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) config uration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75 - mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency resp onsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor , 0.75-mm² c onductor size. Power cord set fittings (ap pliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 144 Chapter 10 Power cord set requirements
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispo se of the battery in gene ral household waste. Follow the local law s and regulations in your area fo r computer batt ery disposal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caution must be exercise d when removing and ha ndling the backlight to avoi d damaging this compo nent and caus ing exposure to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this cha pter can result in dama ge to display components. Th e only components inten ded for recycling purposes are the liquid crystal di splay (LCD) panel and the backlight. When you remove these com ponents, handle them carefull y. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product cont ains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly that might requi re special han dling at end-of-li fe. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of environmental considerations. Fo r disposal or recyc ling information, cont act your local authorities, or see the Electronic In dustries Alliance (EIA) Web site at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for the display assemb ly. The display assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight (1) a nd the liqu id crystal display (LCD) panel (2) . NOTE: The procedures provided in this chapter are g ene ral disas sembly inst ruct ions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, an d component shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer model to anothe r. Battery 145
Perform the followin g steps to di sassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edg es (1) and the top and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the b ezel disengages from the display assemb ly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3) . 146 Chapter 11 Recycling
4. Disconnect all display panel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure the display panel a ssembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the displa y panel assembly (2) from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the displa y panel assembl y upside down. 8. Remove all screws that secure the disp lay panel frame t o the display pan el. 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tap e (1) that secures the sides of the display panel to the display panel frame. Display 147
10. Remove the displa y panel frame (2) from the display pane l. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the disp lay panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cover (2) and swing it ou tward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the display pan el right-side up. 148 Chapter 11 Recycling
15. Remove the ba cklight cables (1) from the clip (2) in the display pa nel. 16. Turn the display pa nel upside down. 17. Remove the ba cklight frame from the disp lay panel. WARNING ! The backl ight contains mercury. Exercise caution when removin g and handling the backlight to avoid damag ing this compon ent and causing exposure to the mercury. 18. Remove the backlight from the ba cklight frame. Display 149
19. Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear pan el. 21. Release th e LCD panel (3) from th e display rear panel. 22. Release the tape (4) that secures the L CD panel to the disp lay rear pane l. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle the LCD panel and backligh t. 150 Chapter 11 Recycling
Index Symbols/Numerics 1394 port identifying 14 pin assignments 138 1394 Power Saving 98 A AC adapter, spare part numbers 27, 28 administrator password 98 applications key, Windows 11 audio, product description 3 audio-in (microphone) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 138 audio-out (headphone ) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 139 audio/infrared boa rd remov al 82 spare part number 20, 31, 82 spare part number s 33 B backup customized window, too lbar, and menu bar setting s 135 personal files 135 templates 135 backup and reco very 133 backup sugg estions 135 base enclosure, spare part number 21, 31, 35 battery remov al 43 spare part number s 21, 32, 43 battery bay, identifying 15 battery light, identifying 8, 12 battery release latch, identifying 15 bays battery 15 primary hard drive 15 secondary hard drive 15 Blu-ray Disc ROM Drive precaut ions 37 removal 4 4 spare part number 44 specifications 104 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R /RW SuperMulti DL Drive wit h LightScribe, spare part number 21, 26, 32 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R /RW SuperMulti DL D rive, spare part number 21, 26, 32 Bluetooth module removal 6 3 spare part numbers 19, 29, 63 Bluetooth module cab le, spare part number 19, 33 boot options 99 boot order 99 button sound 98 buttons next/fast forward 10 play/pause 9 power 9 previous/ rewind 9 stop 10 TouchPad 6 TouchPad on/ off 6 volume mute 9 wireless 10 C Cable Kit, spare part number 19, 31 cables, service consideration s 37 caps lock light, identifying 7 Card Reader Pow er Saving 98 changing the Setup Utility language 96 chipset, product description 1 components bottom 1 5 display 16 front 12 left-side 14 rear 13 right-sid e 13 top 6 computer feet locations 42 spare part number 42 computer specifications 100 connectors power 13 service considerations 37 D Digital Media Slot light, identifying 14 Digital Media Slot, identifying 14 diskette drive, precautions 37 display assembly remov al 64 spare part number s 19, 31, 33, 64 display bezel illustrated 25 spare part number s 25, 31 Display Cable Kit, spare part number 24, 25, 31 Index 151
display compon ents illustrated 24 recycling 145 display encl osure removal 6 6 display enclosure, BrightView illustrated 25 spare part numbers 25, 31, 33 display enclosur e, flush gla ss illustrated 24 spare part numbers 24, 33, 66 display hinge illustrated 24, 25 removal 6 8 spare part numbers 24, 25, 69 display hinge cover, spare part number 35 Display Hinge Kit, spare part numbers 24, 25, 31, 33, 69 display panel, BrightView illustrated 25 spare part numbe rs 25 display panel, flus h glass illustrated 24 spare part numbers 24, 31 display panel, product description 2 Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 25, 31 Display Screw Kit, spare part numbers 24, 25, 31, 34 display specifications 101, 102 displaying system information 96 docking support, pr oduct description 4 drive light, identifying 8, 12 drives boot order 99 preventing damage 37 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 37 removal 4 4 spare part numbers 21, 26, 32, 44 specifications 105 E electrostat ic discharge 38 eSATA/USB port, identifying 14 esc key, identifying 11 Ethernet, product description 3 exiting the Setup Utility 97 expansion port, identifyi ng 14 ExpressCard module, spare part number 20, 31 ExpressCard slot, identifying 14 external media cards, product description 4 external monitor port identifying 14 pin assignments 139 F f11 recovery 137 fan always on 99 fan/heat sink assembly remov al 89 spare part number s 20, 31, 33, 89 feet locations 42 spare part number 42 fingerprint reader, identifying 10 fn key, iden tifying 11 full system recovery 133 function keys, identifying 11 G graphics, product description 1 grounding equip ment and methods 40 H hard drive precautions 37 product description 2 remov al 48 spare part number s 23, 26, 32, 48 specifications 103 Hard Drive Hardwa re Kit, spare part number 23, 26, 33, 48 hard drive self test 99 HDMI port identifying 14 pin assignments 140 headphone (audio -out) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 139 headset, spare part n umber 27, 28 heatsink, spa re part numbers 20, 31, 33 hinge illustrated 24, 25 removal 6 8 spare part numbers 24, 25, 69 I I/O address specifica tions 108 IEEE 1394 port, identifying 14 infrared lens, identifying 12 integrated webcam lig ht, identifying 16 internal microphon es, identifying 16 interrupt specifications 107 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 12 audio-out (headpho ne) 12 RJ-11 (modem) 13 RJ-45 (network) 14 TV antenna/cable 13 K keyboard product description 4 removal 5 7 spare part numbers 19, 32, 33, 34, 57 keypad keys, identifying 11 keys esc 11 fn 11 function 11 keypad 11 Windows applications 11 Windows logo 11 L LAN Power Sav ing 98 language support 98 latch, batt ery release 15 152 Index
lights battery 8, 12 caps loc k 7 Digital Media Slot 14 drive 8, 12 mute 7 num lock 7 power 7, 12 TouchPad 6 volume down 7 volume mute 7 volume up 7 webcam 16 wireless 7 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 26 media activity buttons, identifying 9 memory map specifications 110 memory module identifying 15 product description 2 remov al 54 spare part number s 21, 32, 54 memory test 99 microphone (audio-in) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 138 microphone, product description 3 model name 1 modem jack, pin assignments 141 modem module remov al 77 spare part number s 20, 28, 77 modem module cable, removal 8 7 modem, product description 3 monitor port external 14 pin assignments 139 mouse, spare part numbers 27, 28 mute button, identifying 9 mute light, identifying 7 N network jack, pin assignments 141 next/fast forward button, identifying 10 num lock light, identifying 7 O operating system, product description 4 optical drive identifying 13 precaut ions 37 product de scription 3 removal 4 4 spare part numbers 21, 26, 44 specifications 104, 105 optical drive board removal 8 2 spare part numbers 34 optical drive bracket, spare part number 20 P packing guidelines 39 passwords 98 performing a system recovery 137 pin assignments 1394 138 audio-in 138 audio-ou t 139 extern al monitor 139 HDMI 140 headphon e 139 microphone 138 modem 141 monitor 139 network 141 RJ-11 141 RJ-45 141 Universal Serial Bus (USB) 142 plastic parts 36 play/pause but ton, identifying 9 pointing device, pr oduct description 4 ports 1394 14 eSATA/USB 14 expansion 14 external monitor 14 HDMI 14 product description 4 USB 13, 14 power bu tton boar d remov al 61 spare part number 19, 31, 61 spare part number s 33 power button, identifying 9 power connec tor cable remov al 88 spare part number 35 power connector, identifying 13 power cord set requirements 143 spare part number s 27, 29 power lights, identifying 7, 12 power requirements, product description 4 power-on password 98 previous/rewind button, identifying 9 primary hard drive bay, identifying 15 primary hard drive cover remov al 45 spare part number 23, 33 processor product description 1 remov al 93 spare part number s 20, 30, 31, 93 Processor C4 State 98 product description audio 3 chipset 1 display panel 2 docking support 4 Ethernet 3 external media cards 4 graphics 1 hard drives 2 keyboard 4 memory module 2 microphone 3 modem 3 operating system 4 Index 153
optical drives 3 pointing device 4 ports 4 power requirements 4 processors 1 product name 1 security 4 serviceability 5 TV tuner 3 webcam 3 wireless 3 product name 1 R recovery from the dedicated re covery partition 137 from the recovery discs 137 procedure 137 program or driver 133 system 133 recovery discs 137 Recovery Manager 133 recovery partition 137 remote control, spare part numbers 27, 28 removal/replacement preliminaries 36 procedures 41 restore points 135 RJ-11 (modem) jack identifying 13 pin assignments 141 RJ-45 (network) jack identifying 14 pin assignments 141 RTC battery removal 5 3 spare part numbe r 23, 28, 53 Rubber Feet Kit, spa re part number 21, 31, 42 S safeguarding in formation 133 Screw Kit contents 111 spare part numbe r 27, 31 screw listing 111 scrolling regions, TouchPad 6 secondary hard drive bay, identifying 15 secondary hard drive cover remov al 46 spare part number 23, 33 secondary hard drive self test 99 security cable slot, identifying 13 security, product description 4 service considerations 36 service tag 17, 41 serviceability, product description 5 Setup Utility changing th e language 96 Diagnostics menu 99 display system information 96 exiting 97 Main menu 98 menus 98 restoring default settings 97 Security menu 98 start ing 95 System Configuration memu 98 using 96 slots Digital Media Slot 14 ExpressCar d 14 security cable 13 solid-state drive (SSD) 133 speaker assembly remov al 62 spare part number 19, 31, 62 speakers, identifying 9 specifications Blu-ray Disc ROM Drive 104 computer 100 display 101, 102 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 105 hard drive 103 I/O addresses 108 interrupts 107 memory map 110 optical drive 104, 105 system DMA 105 static-shielding materials 40 stop button, identifying 10 subwoofer removal 8 4 spare part numbe r 23, 32 supported d iscs 134 switch cover removal 5 7 spare part numbe r 19, 57 spare part numbers 31, 34 system board removal 7 9 spare part numbers 20, 79 system board bracket, spare part number 32 system DMA 105 system failure or instability 133 system information 98 system memory map 110 system recovery 133 T thermal material, replacement 91 tools requi red 36 top cover removal 7 4 spare part numbers 19, 31, 33, 34, 74 TouchPad buttons 6 identifying 6 scrolling regions 6 TouchPad light, iden tifying 6 TouchPad on /off button 6 transporting guidelines 39 TV antenna/cable jack, identifying 13 TV tuner exte rnal antenna cabl e, spare part numbers 21, 29, 55 TV tuner modu le removal 5 5 spare part numbers 21, 28, 55 TV tuner module cable, remov al 86 TV tuner, product descrip tion 3 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port pin assignments 142 USB board removal 8 3 154 Index
spare part number 21, 32, 83 spare part number s 33 USB ports, identifying 13, 14 using system restore p oints 135 V vents, identify ing 13, 15 Virtualization T echnology 98 volume down lig ht, identifyin g 7 volume mute button, identifyin g 9 volume mute light, identifying 7 volume scroll zone, identifying 9 volume up light, identifying 7 W webcam identifying 16 product description 3 webcam/micropho ne module illustrated 24, 25 removal 67, 70 spare part number 31 spare part number s 24, 25, 67, 71 Windows application s key, identifying 11 Windows logo key, identifying 11 wireless button, identifying 10 wireless light, identifying 7 wireless, product description 3 WLAN module remov al 50 spare part number s 21, 28, 29, 50 workstation guidelines 39 Index 155
© Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett- Packard Company under license. Intel and Core are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Micro soft, Windows, and Windows Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained her ein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statemen ts accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional wa rranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial err ors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: March 2009 Document Part Number: 515798-001
Safety warning notice WARNING! To reduce the p ossibility of heat-related inju ries or of overheatin g the comp uter, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another ha rd surfac e, such as a n adjoining optio nal printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also , do not allow the AC adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, such a s pillows or rugs or clothing, during op eration. The computer and the AC adapter comply with the user-accessible surface temperat ure limits defined b y the Internationa l Standard for Safety of Info rmation Techn ology Equipment (IEC 60950). iii
iv Safety warning no tice
Table of contents 1 Product description 2 Components Top components ................ ................ ............... ............... ............... ................ ................ ... .................. . 6 TouchP ad ...... ........... ........... ............ ............. ............ ........... ........... ............ ............. ...... ...... 6 Lights ......... ......... ........... ......... ......... ......... ............ ......... ......... ......... ......... ........... ..... .... ....... 7 Butto ns and fing erprint r eader (se lect mode ls only) ....................... ................................ ..... 9 Keys ......... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ..... ......... 11 Front components .................... ................ ............... ............... ................ ............... ............. ............ .... 12 Rear component ............... ............ ............ ............. ............ ............ .............. ........... ........... ....... .......... 13 Right-side components ................ ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............. ......... ..... 13 Left-side components ........... .......... ........... .......... ... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... .......... .... ........... 14 Bottom components ........... ................ ............... ............... ............... ................ ................ ..... .............. 15 Display components ........... ........... .......... ........... ........... .......... .......... ............ ........... .......... . ............... 16 3 Illustrated parts cata log Service tag .................. ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............... ...... .................... .. 17 Computer major comp onents ......... ........... .......... .......... ........ .......... .......... ....... ........... .......... ..... ........ 18 Display assembly components .......... ........... ............ ............ ................ ............ ........... ............ ... ........ 24 Flush glass disp lay assemb ly spar e parts ................... .................... .................... .............. 24 BrightView panel ............... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ .. .. 25 Mass storage devices ............. ............... ............... ................ ............... ............... ............... .. ............... 26 Miscellaneous parts ...................... ............... ................ ............... ............... ................ ........ ................ . 27 Sequential part number listing .............. ............ ............. ............ ............ ............ ............ ......... ........... . 28 4 Remova l and replacemen t procedures Preliminary replacement requiremen ts ............ ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... .. ..... 36 Tools required .................. ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ .... 36 Service considerations ............ ............... ............. ............... .............. ............... .............. ..... 36 Plastic parts ............. ............. ............. ............. ............. .............. ............. ........... 36 Cables and connectors .......... ............... ............. ............. ............. ............. ........ 37 Drive hand ling ..... .............. ........... ............... ............. ........... .............. ........... ..... 37 Grounding guidelines ................ ............ ........... ........... .............. ............ ........... ........... ....... 38 v
Electr ostat ic di schar ge damag e .... ............ ............ ............... ........... ............ ...... 3 8 Packaging and transporting guidel ines ...... .......... ........... .......... ........ 39 Workst ation guide lines ..................................................................... 39 Equipment g uidelines ......... ............................ ............................ ...... 40 Component replace ment pr ocedures ... ........... ........ ........... .......... .......... ........... ........ ........... .......... . ... 41 Service tag ................ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ .... .... .. 41 Computer fe et ...... ......... .......... ........ ........ .......... ......... ......... ......... ........ .......... ......... ....... . ... 42 Battery ........... .............. ........... .......... ........... ........... .............. ........... ............ ........... ... ........ 4 3 Optical drive .......... ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ ......... ...... 4 4 Primary hard drive cover .................... ............... ............. ................. ............... .............. ...... 4 5 Secondary hard drive cover ................ ............. ............ .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... 46 Hard d rive ........... .......... ......... ............ ......... .......... .......... ............ ......... .......... ........... ... ...... 48 WLAN module .......... ................ ................ ................ ............. ............... .............. ............... . 50 RTC batter y .... ........... ............ ................ ........... ........... ................ ........... ............ ........... .... 53 Memory module ...... ......... ........ .......... ........ ........... ....... ........... ........ ........... ........ ........ ........ 54 TV tuner module . .......... ......... ............. .......... .......... ............ .......... ............ ........... .......... ... . 55 Switch cover and keyboard ............ ............... .............. ............... ................. ............. .......... 57 Power bu tton boa rd .. .............. ................ ............. ............. .............. ................ ............. ...... 61 Speaker assemb ly ...... ......... ........... ............ ........... .......... ............. .......... ......... .............. .... 62 Bluetooth module ............ ............ ............ ............ .............. ............ ........... ........... ............ .. . 63 Display assembly .............. ........... ........... ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ .... . 64 Top cover ................ ............ ............ ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ...... ...... 7 4 Modem modu le ........ ....... ........... ........ ........ ........... ........ ........... ....... ........... ........ .......... ...... 77 System board ............... ............... ............. ................ ............... ............. ............... ............ ... 79 Audio/inf rared bo ard ........ .......... ........... ............ .......... .............. ......... .............. ......... ......... 82 USB boar d ..... .......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ......... ......... ............ ......... .......... .......... . . ... 83 Subwoofer ............. ............... ............... .............. ............... ............... .............. ............... . ..... 84 TV tuner module cable ................ ............. ............... .............. ................. ............... ............. 8 6 Modem modu le cable ........... ............. .................. ............. .................. .............. ................. 87 Power c onnec tor cabl e . ............ ............ ............. .......... ........... .............. .......... .......... ......... 8 8 Fan/heat s ink ass embly . ......... ........... ........ ......... ........... ........ ............ ........ ........... ......... .... 89 Processor ......... .............. ............... ............. ............... ............... .............. ............... ....... ...... 93 5 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility .......... ............. ............. ............ ............ ............ ............. ............ ... .............. ... 95 Using the Setup Utility ... ............... ............... ........................ .............................................. ..... ........ .... 96 Changing t he langua ge of the Setup U tility ... ............................................. ....................... 96 Display system information ....... ........... .......... ............ .......... ............ .......... ........... ............ . 96 Restorin g defau lt set tings i n the Se tup Utilit y ........... ...................... ...................... ............. 9 7 Exiting the Setup Utility . ............ ........... ............ ............. ............ ........... ............ ........... ...... . 97 Setup Utility menus ........ .............. ............. .......................................... .................... .......... .... ........... .. 98 Main menu ............ .......... ......... ........... .......... .......... ......... ........... .......... ............ ......... .... .... 9 8 Security menu ............... ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ..... ... 98 vi
System C onfigurat ion menu .................... .................... ................ .................... ................. . 98 Diagno stics me nu ... .......... ............. .......... ......... .............. ......... ........... ............ .......... ......... 99 6 Specifications Computer specifications ................. ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... .......... ............ 100 17.3-i nch, HD flu sh glass A ntiGlar e displa y specific ations ................. ................... ................... ..... 101 17.3-i nch HD Bright View d isplay speci fications ... .......... ........... ........ ........... ........ ........... .......... ..... 1 02 Hard drive specifications ............... ............ ............ ............ ............... ............ ............ ........... ........ ..... 103 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/R W SuperMulti DL Drive ... .......... .......... ............. .......... .......... ............ ........... 104 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Dou ble -Layer Combo Drive specifications ................ ............ .... 105 System DMA specifications ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ .............. ............ .... ......... 105 System interrupt specifications ................... ................ ................ ............... ................... .......... ........ .. 107 System I/O address specifications ............. ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... .......... ...... 108 System memory map specifications ........ ............ ............ ............ .............. ............ ........... ............ . ... 110 7 Screw listing Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (b lack) ........... .............................................. ............. ............. ........... ....... 111 Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (s ilver) ......... ............ ......................... ......................... ...................... ........ 112 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw ...... .............. ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ... ........... 114 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw ........... .............. ............. ............. ................ .............. ............. .. ..... 117 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (b lack) ........... .............................................. ............. ............. ........... ....... 119 Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (s ilver) ......... ............ ......................... ......................... ...................... ........ 122 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (s ilver) ......... ............ ......................... ......................... ...................... ........ 124 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (b lack) ........... .............................................. ............. ............. ........... ....... 125 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 broadhead screw ............. ............ ............. .............. ............... ......................... ... 126 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw ...... .............. ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ... ........... 127 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screw ............. ............ ............. .............. ............... ......................... ... 129 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw ...... .............. ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ... ........... 130 Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw ... ............. .............. ............. ............. ............. ............. ........... ...... 131 8 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information ............... ............ ..... ............... ............... ............... ............... ..... ....... 133 Creating recovery discs ............. .............. ........... ........... ............ .......... ............ ............ .... 134 Backing up your information ......... ............ ............. ............ .............. ............ ............ ............ ... .......... 135 When to back up ............... ........... ............ ............ ............ ........... ........... ............ ............ .. 135 Backup suggestions . ............... ............... ............. ................ ............. ............... ............... .. 13 5 Using system restore points ........... .......... ............. ............ ............. ............ ........... .......... 135 When to create restore points .......... ............... .............. ............ ............ .......... 136 Create a system restore point .......... ............. ............ ................ ............ .......... 136 Restore t o a pre vious dat e and ti me ....... ............. .......... ........... ........... .......... . 136 Performing a recovery ............... ................ ............... ............... ............... .................. ........... ............. 137 Recove ring fr om the rec overy d iscs ........ ............ .......... .......... ............ ........... ............ ..... 137 Recover ing fro m the dedicat ed recov ery part ition (selec t models on ly) ................ .......... 137 vii
9 Connector pin ass ignments 1394 ... .......... ......... ............ ......... .......... ............ .......... .......... ........... .......... ......... ....... ..... ............. ..... 1 38 Audio-in (microphone) ................ .......... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... ........... ............ ..... ....... ...... 138 Audio-out (headphone) ........................ ............... ................. ............... .................. ............... . ............ 139 Exter nal mo nitor ........ ........... ......... ........ ............ ......... ......... ........ ........... ......... ......... ....... .... ........ ..... 139 HDMI . ....... ......... .......... ......... ........ ........ ......... .......... ......... ........ ........ ........ ........... ....... . ........... ........ .. 140 RJ-11 ( modem) ............. .......... ........... ............. .......... .............. .......... .......... .............. ........ ..... .......... 141 RJ-45 (network) ............ ............ ............. ............... ............ ............ .............. ............ ................. ......... 141 Universal Serial Bus ........... ........... .......... .......... ............. ........... .......... ........... .......... ......... ....... ........ 142 10 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries or regions ........... ............... ............... ............... ............... .............. .... 143 Requirem ents fo r specif ic countr ies or r egions . ................ ............. ................ ................ ................ .. 144 11 Recyclin g Battery ......... ............ .......... ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... ........... ........... .................. .......... ...... 145 Display ............... ............... ................ ............... ............... ............... ............... ............. ............... ........ 145 Index ............... ................ ................ ................ ................. ............... ................. ......... ................... ................. .... 151 viii
1 Product description Category Description Product Name HP Pavilion dv7 Entertainment PC Processors Intel® Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 2.26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz front side bus (FSB) Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cach e and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T9800 2.93-GHz with 6-MB L2 cach e and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T9550 2.66-GHz with 6-MB L2 cach e and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo P8700 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo P7450 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T6600 2.20-GHz with 2-MB L2 cach e and 800-MHz FSB Intel Core2 Duo T6400 2.00-GHz with 2-MB L2 cach e and 800-MHz FSB Intel Pentium® Dual Core T4200 2.00-GHz with 1-MB L2 cache a nd 800-MHz FSB Chipset Northbridge: Intel PM45 (Discrete models) Northbridge: Intel GM45 (UMA models) Southbridge: Intel ICH9M Graphics Intel Extreme Graphics with unified memory architecture (UMA), ATI Discrete PCI Express Graphics wi th discrete gra phi cs subsystem memory Intel GMA 4700MHD (UMA) with shared vide o memory: â Up to 1759 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equipped with 4096 MB of main system memory (64-bit OS) â Up to 1294 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equipped with 4096 MB of main system memory (32-bit OS) â Up to 1294 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equipped with 3072 MB of main system memory â Up to 782 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equip ped with 2048 MB of main system memory â Up to 270 MB of graphics subsystem memory on computer models equip ped with 1024 MB of main system memory â Memory size is dynamic change 1
Category Description Discrete graphics subsystem memory â ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 (M96) with 1024 MB (64 MB à 16 DDR3 à 8 PCs) â ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 (M92) with 512 MB (64 MB à 16 DDR3 à 4 PCs) Panels â 17.3-inch, HD (1600 à 900) flush glass â 17.3-inch, HD (1600 à 900) BrightView â Flush glass panel cover support â Support for lighted logo on top bezel â Typical brightness 200 nits Memory 2 SODIMM s lots Customer-accessible/upgradable PC2-6400, 800-MHz, DDR2 Dual-channel support Supports up to 8192-MB system memory â 8192-MB total system memory (4096 MB à 2, dual- channel) â 6144-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1 4096 MB à 1) â 4096-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 2, dual- channel) â 3072-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1 1024 MB à 1) â 2048-MB total system memory (1024 MB à 2, dual- channel) â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1) â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 MB à 1) Hard drives Supports all Serial ATA (SATA) 9.5-mm, 6.35-cm (2.5 0-inch) hard drives Supports up to 2 hard drives Support for Accelerometer Hard Drive Protection Dual hard drive configurations: â 1-TB (500-GB, 5400-rpm à 2) â 640-GB (320-GB, 7200-rpm à 2) â 640-GB (320-GB, 5400-rpm à 2) â 500-GB (250-GB, 7200-rpm à 2) â 500-GB (250-GB, 5400-rpm à 2) 2 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description Single hard drive configu rations: â 500-GB, 5400-rpm â 320-GB, 7200-rpm â 320-GB, 5400-rpm â 250-GB, 7200-rpm â 250-GB, 5400-rpm Optical drives 12.7-mm tray load Serial ATA Fixed (1 screw for removal) Support for the following optical drives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo D rive with LightScribe â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive â Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive Webcam Low-light VGA ca mera Fixed (no tilt) Activity LED 640 à 480 by 24 frames per second Microphone 2 omnidirectional microphones, dual- array with appropria te software (supports beam forming, echo cancellati on, and noise suppression) Audio HD Audio (IDT) Integrated subwoofer Supports Microsoft® Premium Requirements Pavilion-branded Altec Lansing speakers Modem 56K V.92 data/fax modem Supports all worldwide certification requirements Ethernet Integrated 10/100/1000 network interface card (N IC) (Discrete models) Integrated 10/100 NIC (UMA models) Wireless Integrated wireless local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless module: Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module Wireless Integrated ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner mod ule Integrated worldwide analog DVB-T TV tuner module 3
Category Description Support for TV tuner antennas for both DVB-T and ATSC/NTSC External media card One ExpressCard 54 slot Digital Media Slot supports Secure Digi tal (SD) Memory Card, MultiMe diaCard (MMC), Memory Stick (MS), Memory St ick Pro (MSP), xD Picture Card (XD) Ports Audio-in (stereo microphone) Two audio-out (stereo headphon e) Consumer infrared eSATA High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) v1.3 supporting 1080p with H DCP key IEEE 1394a RJ-11 (modem; select models only) RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity lights) TV tuner antenna (select models only) USB 2.0 VGA (Dsub 15-pin) 2-pin AC power for 90-W AC adapter Docking Expansion port 3 supports the HP Not ebook Expansion Base and H P Notebook QuickDock Keyboard/pointing devices 17-inch full-size keyboard with nu meric keypad TouchPad supports 2-way scrolling Taps enabled as default Power requirements 8-cell 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 6-cell 2.20-Ah Li-ion battery 90-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support (2-wire plug wi th ground pin, supports 2-pin DC connector) (U MA models) 65-W AC adapter with localized cable plug support (2-wire plug wi th ground pin, supports 2-pin DC con nector) (D iscrete models) Security Kensington Security Lock Fingerprint reader with Digital Persona software support Operating system Preinstalled: FreeDOS Linux Red Flag Windows Vista® Business (32 bit) Windows Vista Home Basic (32 bit) Windows Vista Premium (32 & 64 bit) Windows Vista Ultimate (64 bit) 4 Chapter 1 Product d escription
Category Description Serviceability AC adapter Battery (system) Hard drives (2) Memory module Optical drive 5
2 Components Top components TouchPad Component Description (1) TouchPad light â White: TouchPad is enabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. (2) TouchPad* Moves the pointer and selects or activates items on the screen. (3) Left TouchPad button* Functions like the left button on an external mouse. (4) TouchPad on/off button Enables/disables the TouchPad. (5) TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls u p or down . (6) Right TouchPad button* Functions like the right button on an external mouse. *This table describes factory settings. To view and change pointing device preferences, select Start > Co ntrol Panel > Hardware and Sound > Mouse. 6 Chapter 2 Components
Lights Component Description (1) Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. (2) Power lights (2)* â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (3) Volume mute light â White: Computer sound is on. â Amber: Computer sound is off. (4) Volume down light On: The volume scroll zo ne is being used to decrease speaker volume. (5) Volume up light On: The volume scroll zone is being used to increase speaker volume. (6) Wireless light â On: An integrated wireless devic e, such as a wire less local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Blu etooth® device, is on. â Off: All wireless devices are off. (7) Num lo ck light The integrated numeric ke yp ad is enabled, or num lock is enabled on a connected optional numeric keypad. Top components 7
Compone nt Description (8) Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the b attery reaches a low batter y level. (9) Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or optical drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily parked the hard drive. *The 2 power lights display the same information. The light on the power button is visible only when the computer is op en. The power light on the front of the computer is visible whe ther the computer is open or closed. 8 Chapter 2 Components
Buttons and fingerprint r eader (select models only) Component Description (1) Power button* â When the computer is off, press the bu tton to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, pre ss the button briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer is in Hibernation, press the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stopped re sponding a nd Windows® shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button for at least 5 seconds to turn off the compu ter. To learn more about your power se ttings, select Start > Control Panel > System and Maintenance > Power Options . (2) Speakers (2) Produce sound. (3) Volume mute button Mutes and restores speaker sound. (4) Volume scrol l zone Adjusts speaker volume. Slide your finge r to the left to decrease volume and to the right to increase volume. You can also tap the minus (-) sign on the scroll zone to decrease volume, or tap the plus ( ) sign on the scroll zone to increase volume. (5) Previous/rewind button â Plays the previous track or chapter when the button is pressed once. â Rewinds media when the button is pressed in combination with the fn key. (6) Play/pause button Plays or pauses media. Top components 9
Compone nt Description (7) Next/fast forward button â Plays the next track or chapter when the button is p ressed once. â Fast forwards media when pressed in combination with the fn key. (8) Stop button Stops playback. (9) Wireless button Turns the wireless feature on or off but does not create a wireless connection. NOTE: To establish a wireless con nection, a wireless network must already be set up. (10) Fin gerprint reader (select models only) Allows a fingerprint logon to Windows, instea d of a password logon. *This table describes factory settings. For informa tion about ch anging factory settings, refer to the user guides located in He lp and Support. 10 Chapter 2 Components
Keys Component D escription (1) esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with the fn key. (2) fn key Executes frequently used syst em functions when pressed in combinat ion with a func tion key or the esc key. (3) Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. (4) Windows applications key Displays a shortcut menu for items beneath the pointer. (5) Integrated numeric keypa d keys Can be used like the keys on an external n umeric keypad. (6) Function keys Execute frequently us ed system functions w hen pressed in combinat ion with the fn key. Top components 11
Front components Component Description (1) Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. (2) Batter y light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available powe r source has reached a low battery level. When the battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidly. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. (3) Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or opt ical drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP 3D DriveGuard has temporarily par ked the hard drive. (4) Consumer infrared le ns Receives a signal from the remote control. (5) Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer hea dset microphone, stereo array microphone, or monaural micro phone. (6) Audio-out (headphone) jacks (2) Produce sound when connected to optional powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a headset, or television audio. NOTE: This table describes factory settings. For information about changing facto ry setting s, refer to the user guides located in Help and Support. 12 Chapter 2 Components
Rear component Componen t Description Vent Enables airflow to cool inte rnal components. NOTE: The computer fan star ts up automatically to cool internal components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. Right-side components Component D escription (1) Optical drive Reads optical discs and, on select models, also writes to optical discs. (2) Optical drive light Blinking: The optical drive is being accessed. (3) USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. (4) TV antenna/cable jack (select models only) Connects a TV antenna, a digital c able device, or a satellite device that receives standard or high-d efinition TV broadcasts. (5) RJ-11 (modem) jack (select models only) Connects a modem cable. (6) Security cable slot Attaches an optional security cable to the computer. NOTE: The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from bein g mishandled or stolen. (7) AC adapter light â On: The computer is connected to external p ower. â Off: The computer is not c onnected to external power. (8) Power connector Conne cts an AC adapter. Rear component 13
Left-side components Component Description (1) External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. (2) Expansion port 3 Connects the comp uter to an opti onal docking device or an optiona l expansion product. NOTE: The computer has only one expansion po rt. The term expansion port 3 describes the type of expansio n port. (3) RJ-45 (network) jack Connects a network cable. (4) HDMI port Connects an optional video or audio device , such as a high- definition television, or any compatible digital or audio component. (5) eSATA/USB port (select models only) Connects an optional high-performance e SATA component, such as an eSATA external hard drive, or connects an optional USB device. NOTE: Depending on your computer model, the compu ter may include a USB port only. (6) USB port Connects an optional USB device. (7) 1394 port (select models only) Connects an optional IEEE 1394 or 1394a device, such as a camcorder. (8) Digital Media Slot light On: A digital card is being accessed. (9) Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMediaCard (MMC) â Secure Digit al (SD) Memory Ca rd â xD-Picture Card (XD) (10) ExpressCard slot Supports optional ExpressCard /54 cards. 14 Chapter 2 Components
Bottom components Component D escription (1) Battery bay Holds the ba ttery. (2) Battery release latch R eleases the battery from the battery bay. (3) Vents (9) Enable airflow to co ol internal components. NOTE: The computer fan starts up automatically to cool interna l components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine opera tion. (4) Secondary hard drive bay Holds an optional secondary hard dr ive. (5) Integrated subwoofer Contains the subwoofer spe aker. (6) Primary hard drive bay Holds the primary hard drive, the memory module slots, and the WLAN module (select models only). CAUTION : To prevent an unr esponsiv e system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module au thorized for use in the computer by the governmental a gency that regulates wireless devices in your country or region. If you replace the module and then receive a warning message , remove the module to restore computer functionality, and then contact technical support through Help and Support. Bottom components 15
Display components Component Description (1) Internal display switch Turns off the display and initiates Sleep if the display is closed while the power is on. (2) Internal microphones (2) Record sound. (3) Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. (4) Webcam Records audio and video and captures still photographs. 16 Chapter 2 Components
3 Illustrated parts catalog Service tag When ordering part s or requesting informat ion, provide the c omputer serial n umber and model description provided on the service tag. (1) Product name: This is the product name affixed to the front of the compu ter. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an al phanume ric identifier th at is unique to each product. (3) Part number/Product number (p/n): Thi s number provide s specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to dete rmine what compone nts and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the al phanume ric identi fier need ed to locate do cuments, drivers, and support for the c omputer. (5) Warranty period: T his number describes the du ration of the warranty period for the computer. Service tag 17
Computer major components 18 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (1) 17.3-inch display assembly (in cludes wireless antenna tr ansceivers and cables) HD flush glass AntiGlare display assemb ly with webcam and 2 microphones for use in white computers 516296-001 HD BrightView display asse mbly with webcam and 2 microphon es for use in white computers 516295-001 HD flush glass AntiGlare display assemb ly with webcam and 2 microphones for use in black computers 519260-001 HD BrightView display asse mbly with webcam and 2 microphon es for use in black computers 519259-001 NOTE: See Display asse mbly components on page 24 for more information on display assembly spare part numbers. (2) Power button board (includes cable) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 516329-001 For use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems 518165-001 (3) Switch cover (includes LED board and cable) For use in white comp uters 516300-001 For use in black comp uters 519269-001 (4) Keyboard (includes keyboard cable) NOTE: For a detailed list of available keybo ards, see Sequential part number listing on page 28 . White keyboard 516357-xxx Black molded keyboard 519265-xxx Black painted keyboard 519266-xxx (5) Speaker assembly 516323-001 (6) Bluetoot h® module (does not include a Bluetooth module cable) 483113-001 (7) Bluetooth modu le cable 517638-001 Cable Ki t , includes: 516328-001 (8a) Power connector cable (8b) Modem module cable (8c) TV tuner module antenna cable (9) Top cover (includes Tou chPad and TouchPad buttons) For use only with white computer models equipped with a fingerpr int reader; includes fingerprint reader board 516299-001 For use only with white computer models not equipped with a fingerprint r eader 516360-001 For use only with black computer models equipped with a fingerpr int reader; includes fingerprint reader board 519267-001 For use only with black computer models not equipped with a fingerprint r eader 519268-001 Computer major comp onents 19
Item Description Spare part number (10) Modem module NOTE: The modem module spar e part kit does not include a modem module cable. The modem modu le cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 516328 -001. For use in all countries and regions except Austr alia and New Zealand 461749-001 For use only in Australia and N ew Zealand 461749-011 (11) System board (includes replacement thermal material) With ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of ded icated memory 516294-001 With ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of ded icated memory 516293-001 With ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 discrete graphics subsystem and 512-MB o f dedicated memory 516292-001 With Intel GMA 4700MHD UMA graphics subsystem and sh ared memory 516291-001 System board bracket (not illustrated) 516334-001 (12) Processor (includes replacement thermal material) Intel Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 2.26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507947-001 Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 10 66-MHz FSB 507948-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9800 2.93-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache an d 1066-MHz FSB 507951-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9550 2.66-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache an d 1066-MHz FSB 507953-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8700 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507960-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507963-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7450 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507965-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6600 2.20-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800 -MHz FSB 513593-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6400 2.00-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800 -MHz FSB 513592-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T4200 2.00-GHz w ith 1-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz F SB 513599 -001 (13) ExpressCard module 516324-001 Fan/heat sink assembly (includes replacement thermal material) (14) For use only with computer models equipped with graphics subsystems with discrete memory 516876-001 (15) For use only with computer models equi pped with graphics subsystems with UMA memory 516331-001 Optical drive bracket (not illustrated) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 519481-001 For use in computers with UMA gra phics subsystems 535085-001 (16) Audio/infrared board (include s cable) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 516330-001 For use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems 518166-001 20 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number (17) USB boar d (includes cable) For use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems 516332-001 For use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems 518168-001 (18) Base enclosure (includes r ubber feet) For use only with computer models equipped with an Intel Core2 Quad processor 516298-001 For use only in defeatured computer models equipped with an Inte l Core2 Duo processor 516297-001 For use only in full-featured computer models equ ipped with an Intel Core2 Duo processor 535086-001 Rubber Feet Kit (not illustrated, includes 4 base enclosure rubber feet) 516326-001 (19) Battery 8-cell, 73-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery for use with all computer models 516355-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery for use with all computer models 516354-001 (20) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket): Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive with LightScribe 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516351-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double- Layer Combo Drive with LightScrib e 516353-003 (21) Memory modules (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1-DIMM) 4096-MB memory module 516337-001 2048-MB memory module 516336-001 1024-MB memory module 516335-001 (22) TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 516 328-001. DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001 TV tuner external anten na cable (not illustrated) With F-PAL jack 482900-001 With PAL jack 482900-002 (23) WLAN module Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in all cou ntries and regions 482957-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in all co untries and regions 480985-00 1 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islan ds, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the U nited States 504664-001 Computer major comp onents 21
Item Description Spare part number Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arg enti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglades h, Barbados, Bela rus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bu lgaria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China , Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Cr oatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Est onia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea , Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ir el and, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madag ascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martiniqu e, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia , Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, N orway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Polan d, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia , Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Sw aziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504664-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN m odule for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Arg enti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglades h, Barbados, Bela rus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bu lgaria, Burkina Faso, Bur undi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China , Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Cr oatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Est onia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea , Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ir el and, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madag ascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martiniqu e, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia , Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, N orway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Polan d, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia , Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Sw aziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Urugu ay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-001 22 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Item Description Spare part number Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangla desh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovin a, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burun di, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the Peop le's Republic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cypru s, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic , East Timor, Ecua dor, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethi opia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guian a, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloup e, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, H ong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, t he Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia , Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Ma lawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mau ritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Moro cco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherland s, New Zealand, Nica ragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republi c of Moldova, Romania, R ussia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Prin cipe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slov akia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Ne vis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trin idad and Toba go, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukr aine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuel a, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-002 (24) Hard drive (includes left and right bracket rails, connector c able, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 500-GB, 5400-rpm 516350-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 516349-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm 516346-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 516348-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm 516345-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover w ith tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 517639-001 (25) Subwoofer 516333-001 (26) RTC batt ery 449729-001 (27) Primary hard drive cover 518162-001 (28) Secondary hard drive cover 518164-001 Computer major comp onents 23
Display assembly components Flush glass display assembly spare parts Item Description Spare part nu mber (1) Display enclosure (includes wireless antenna trans ceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable) For use in white co mputers 516443-001 For use in black computers 519262-001 (2) Webcam/microphone modu le 516312-001 (3) Display Hinge Kit (include s right and left hinges) 516444-001 (4) Flush glass display panel (includes disp la y panel cable) For use in white co mputers 516443-001 For use in black computers 519262-001 (5) Display Cable Kit (includes display panel cabl e, and microphon e receiver and cable) 516307-001 (6) Display hinge cover 537844-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 531764-001 24 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
BrightView panel Item Description Spare part number (1) Display bezel 516305-001 (2) Display Hinge Kit (includ es left and right hinges) 516306-001 (3) Webcam/micropho ne module 516312-001 (4) Display panel (includes display pan el cable) 516303-001 (5) Display Cable Kit (includes display panel cable, and micropho ne receiver and cable) 516307-001 (6) Display enclosure (includes wireless antenn a trans ceivers and cables and lo go LED board and cable) For use in white computers 516304-001 For use in black computers 519261-001 Display Rubber Kit (not illustrated, includes display bezel rubber screw covers) 516308-001 Display Screw Kit (not illustrated) 516309-001 Display assembly components 25
Mass storage devices Item Desc ription Spare part num ber (1) Hard drive (includes left and right bracket rails, connector c able, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators): â 500-GB, 5400-rpm 516350-001 â 320-GB, 7200-rpm 516349-001 â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 516346-001 â 250-GB, 7200-rpm 516348-001 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 516345-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 517639-001 (2) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket) Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive with LightScr ibe 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516351-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Laye r Combo Drive with LightScribe 516353-001 26 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Miscellaneous parts Description Spare part number AC adapters 120-W AC adapter 463953-001 90-W AC adapter 463955-001 65-W AC adapter 463958-001 Wired headset with volume control 37169 3-001 Wireless laser mouse (includes infrar ed tran sceiver) 430958-001 Power cords: Australia and New Zealand 490371-011 Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Finland, F rance, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherlands, northwest Africa , Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey 490371-021 Asia/Pacific region, French Canada, Latin America, T hailand, and the United States 490371-001 Brazil 490371-201 India 490371-D61 Israel 490371-BB1 Italy 490371-061 Japan 490371-291 The People's Republic of China 490371-AA1 South A fric a 49037 1-AR1 South K orea 490371-AD1 Switzerland 490371-111 The United Kingdom and Hong Kong 490371-031 Remote c ontrols: Full-functio n remote control 465540-001 Full-function remote co ntrol with t eletext 465541-001 Screw Kit â Phillips PM3.0Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã10.0 captive screw â Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw 516327-001 Miscellaneous parts 27
Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 371693-003 Wired headset with volume control 430958-001 Wireless laser mouse ( includes infrared transceiver) 449729-001 RTC battery 459263-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use onl y with computer models equipped with Intel processors in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Baha mas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Camero on, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile , the Pe ople's Republic of China, C olombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Do minica, the Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, G abon, Gambia, Georgia, Ge rmany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea , Gu inea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon , Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Mo naco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua Ne w Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwan da, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelle s, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Isl ands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vinc ent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swa ziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Tr inidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, U ruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietn am, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 461749-001 Modem module for use in all countries and regions exce pt Australia and New Zealand NOTE: The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem mod ule cable. The modem module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 5018 91-001. 461749-011 Modem module for use only in Austra lia and New Zealand NOTE: The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem mod ule cable. The modem module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 5018 91-001. 463953-001 120-W AC adapter 463955-001 90-W AC adapter 463958-001 65-W AC adapter 465540-001 Full-function remote control 465541-001 Full-function remote control with teletext 480985-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use only with computer models equipped with Intel processors 482899-001 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner modu le NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does no t in clude a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 501891-001. 28 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 482899-002 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does not incl ude a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cabl e Kit, spare part number 501891-001. 482899-003 DVB-T TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part kit does not incl ude a TV tuner module cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cabl e Kit, spare part number 501891-001. 482900-001 TV tuner external antenna cable with F-PAL jack 482900-002 TV tuner external antenna cable with PAL jack 482957-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for us e only with computer models equipped with Intel processors 483113-001 Bluetooth module for use only with computer mode ls equipped with Intel processors (does not include a Bluetooth module cable) NOTE: The Bluetooth module cable is ava ilable using spare part number 489822- 001. 490371-001 Power cord for use in the Asia/Pacific region, F rench Canada, Latin America, Thailand, and the United States 490371-011 Power cord for use in Australia and New Zealand 490371-021 Power cord for use in Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Fi nland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherlands, northwest Africa, Nor way, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey 490371-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingd om and Hong Kong 490371-061 Power cord for use in Italy 490371-111 Power cord for use in Switzerlan d 490371-201 Power cord for use in Brazil 490371-291 Power cord for use in Japan 490371-AA1 Power cord for use in the People's Republic of China 490371-AD1 Power cord for u se in South Kor ea 490371-AR1 Power cord for u se in South Afri ca 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Israel 490371-D61 Power cord f or use in Indi a 504593-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11 b/g WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda , Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico , Trin idad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States Sequential part numbe r listing 29
Spare part number Description 504593-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN mo dule for use in Afghanistan, Alba nia, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Aust r alia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahra in, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgiu m, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republi c, Chad, Chile, the Peopl e's Repu blic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech R epublic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuador , Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadelou pe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, L ebanon , Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Mo naco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Par aguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldov a, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samo a, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierr a Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Isl ands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Gre nadi nes, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey , Turkmenistan, Tuvalu , Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingd om, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia , and Zimbabwe 504664-001 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trin idad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504664-002 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andor ra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Aust r alia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bah amas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermu da, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the Britis h Virg in Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Centra l African Republic, Chad, Chile , the People's Republic of China, Colombia , Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croa tia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, t he Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Er itrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Fi nland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Gren ada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, H ungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuan ia, Lux embourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Ma rtinique, Ma uritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, N amibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zea land, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, N orway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru , the Philippines , Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Mold ova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao To me and Principe , Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Sl ovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevi s, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan , Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tong a, Trinidad and Tob ago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tu valu, Uganda, Ukraine, the U nited Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam , Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 507947-001 Intel Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 processor (2.26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB) 507948-001 Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 proce ssor (2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MH z FSB) 507951-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9800 processo r (2.93-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB) 507953-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9550 processo r (2.66-GHz with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB) 507960-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8700 processor ( 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 ca che and 1066-MHz FSB) 507963-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 processor ( 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 ca che and 1066-MHz FSB) 507965-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7450 processor ( 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 ca che and 1066-MHz FSB) 30 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 513592-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6400 processor (2.00-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB) 513593-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6600 processor (2.20-GHz with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB) 513599-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T4200 processor (2.00-GHz with 1-MB L2 cache and 800-MH z FSB) 516291-001 System board with Intel GMA 4700MHD UMA graphics subsystem and sha red memory 516292-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 discrete graphics subsystem and 512 MB of dedicated memory 516293-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 disc rete graphics subsystem an d 1 GB of dedicated memory 516294-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discre te graphics subsystem and 1 -GB of dedicated memory 516295-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assemb ly for use in white computers 516296-001 17.3-inch HD flush glass AntiGlare display assembly for use in white computers 516297-001 Base enclosure for use only in defeatured computer models equipped with an Intel Core2 Duo processor 516298-001 Base enclosure for use only with computer m odels equipped with an Intel Core 2 Quad processor 516299-001 Top cover for u se only with white computer models equ ipped with a fingerprint reader; includes fingerpr int reader board 516300-001 Switch cover for use in white com puter s (includes LED board and cable) 516303-001 Flush glass display panel (i ncludes disp lay panel cable) 516304-001 Display enclosu re for use in white computers with Brigh tView displays (i ncludes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable 516305-001 Display bezel for use in comp ut ers with BrightView displays 516306-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in computers with Bri ghtView displays (includes left and right hinges) 516307-001 Display Cab le Kit for use in computers with Bright View displays (i nclu des display panel cable, and microphone receiver and cable) 516308-001 Display Rub ber Kit for use in computers with BrightView displays (includes display be zel rubber screw covers) 516309-001 Display Scr ew Kit for use in computers with BrightView displays 516312-001 Webcam/microphone modu le for use in computers with BrightView disp lays 516323-001 Speaker assembly 516324-001 ExpressCa rd module 516326-001 Rubber Fee t Kit (not illustrated, in cludes 4 base enclosure rubber feet) 516327-001 Scre w Kit 516328-001 Cable Kit 516329-001 Power button boar d for use in computers with discrete graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 516330-001 Audio/infrare d board for use in computers with discrete graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 516331-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in computer s with UMA graphics subsystems Sequential part numbe r listing 31
Spare part number Description 516332-001 USB board for use in computers w ith discre te graphics subsyste ms (includes cable) 516333-001 Subwoofer 516334-001 System board bracket 516335-001 1-GB memory module (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1 -DIMM) 516336-001 2-GB memory module (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1 -DIMM) 516337-001 4-GB memory module (800-MHz, PC2-6400, 1 -DIMM) 516345-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516346-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516348-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516349-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516350-001 500-GB, 5400-rpm h ard drive (includes left and ri ght br acket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 516351-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL D rive with LightScribe 516353-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Doub le-Layer Combo Drive with LightScr ibe 516354-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.55- Ah Li-ion battery 516355-001 8-cell, 73-Wh, 2.55- Ah Li-ion battery 516357-001 Keyboard for use in the United States 516357-031 Keyboard for use in white computers in the United Kingdom 516357-041 Keyboard for use in white computers in Germany 516357-051 Keyboard for use in white computers in France 516357-061 Keyboard for use in white computers in Italy 516357-071 Keyboard for use in white computers in Spain 516357-121 Keyboard for use in white computers in French Canada 516357-141 Keyboard for use in white computers in Turkey 516357-151 Keyboard for use in white computers in Greece 516357-171 Keyboard for use in white computers in Saudi Arabia 516357-211 Keyboard for use in white computers in Hungary 516357-221 Keyboard for use in the white computers in the Czech Republic 516357-251 Keyboard for use in white computers in Russia 516357-281 Keyboard for use in white computers in Thailand 516357-291 Keyboard for use in white computers in Japan 32 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 516357-A41 Keyboard for use in white co mputers in Belgium 516357-AD1 Keyboard for use in white computers in South Kore a 516357-B31 Keyboard for use white computers internationally 516357-BB1 Keyboard for use in white computers in Israel 516357-DH1 Keyboard for use in white computers in Denma rk, Norway, and Sweden 516357-DJ1 Keyboard for use in white computers in Greece 516360-001 Top cover for use only with white co mputer models not equipped w ith a fingerprint reader 516443-001 Display enclosu re for use in white computers with flush glass disp lays (includes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable) 516444-001 Display Hinge Kit for use in comp uters with flush glass displays 516876-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use in com puters with discrete graphics su bsystems 517638-001 Bluetooth module cable 517639-001 Hard Drive Hardwar e Kit (includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover w ith tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 518162-001 Primary hard drive cov er 518164-001 Secondary har d drive cover 518165-001 Power button board for use in compu ters with UMA graphics subsystems 518166-001 Audio/infrare d board for use in computers wi th UMA graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 518168-001 USB board for use in compute rs with UMA graphics subsystems (includes ca ble) 519259-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assemb ly for use in black computers 519260-001 17.3-inch HD flush glass AntiGlare displa y assembly for use in black computers 519261-001 Display enclosu re for use in black computers with BrightView displays (i ncludes wire less antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable 519262-001 Display enclosu re for use in black computers with flush glass displa ys (includes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and logo LED board and cable) 519265-001 Black molded ke yboard for use in the United States 519265-031 Black molded ke yboard for use in the United Kin gdom 519265-041 Black molded ke yboard for use in Germany 519265-051 Black molded ke yboard for use in France 519265-061 Black molded keybo ard for use in Italy 519265-071 Black molded ke yboard for use in Spain 519265-111 Black molded ke yboard for use in Switzerland 519265-131 Black molded ke yboard for use in Portugal 519265-141 Black molded ke yboard for use in Turkey 519265-211 Black molded ke yboard for use in Hu ngary Sequential part numbe r listing 33
Spare part number Description 519265-221 Black molded keyboard for use in the Czech Republic 519265-251 Black molded keyboard for use in Russia 519265-A41 Black molded keyboard for use in Belgium 519265-B31 Black molded keyboard for use internation ally 519265-BB1 Black molded keyboard for use in Israel 519265-DJ1 Black molded keyboard for use in Greece 519266-001 Black painted keyboard for use in the United States 519266-031 Black painted keyboard for use in the United Kingdom 519266-041 Black painted keyboard for use in Germany 519266-051 Black painted keyboard for use in France 519266-061 Black painted keyboard for use in Italy 519266-071 Black painted keyboard for use in Spain 519266-121 Black painted keyboard for use in French Canada 519266-131 Black painted keyboard for use in Portugal 519266-141 Black painted keyboard for use in Turkey 519266-171 Black painted keyboard for use in Saudi Arabia 519266-211 Black painted keyboard for use in Hungary 519266-221 Black painted keyboard for use in the Czech Republic 519266-251 Black painted keyboard for use in Russia 519266-281 Black painted keyboard for use in Thailand 519266-291 Black painted keyboard for use in Japan 519266-A41 Black painted keyboard for use in Belgiu m 519266-AD1 Black painted keyboard for use in South Korea 519266-B31 Black painted keyboard for use interna tionally 519266-BB1 Black pa inted keyboard for use in Israel 519266-BG1 Black painted keyboard for use in Switzerland 519266-DH1 Black painted keyboard for use in the Netherlan ds 519266-DJ1 Black painted keyboard for use in Greece 519267-001 Top cover for use only w ith black computer models equipped with a fingerpr int reader; includes fingerprint reader board 519268-001 Top cover for use only w ith black computer models not equipped with a fingerprint reader 519269-001 Switch cover fo r use in black com puters (includes LED board and cable) 519481-001 Optical drive board for computers wi th discre te gra phics subsystems 531764-001 Display Screw Kit for use in computers with flush glass displays 34 Chapter 3 Illustrated parts catalog
Spare part number Description 535085-001 Optical drive board for computers with UMA graphics subsystems 535086-001 Base enclosure for use only in full-featured computer models equipp ed with an Intel Core2 D uo processor 536857-001 Power conn ector cable 537844-001 Display hinge cover for use in computers with a flush glass display Sequential part numbe r listing 35
4 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements Tools required You will need the following tools to complete the removal and repl acement procedures: â Magnetic screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers â Flat-bladed screwdriver Service considerations The following sec tions include some of the consideration s that you must keep in mind during disassembly and assembly proce dures. NOTE: As you remove each suba ssembly from the co mputer, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws ) away from the work area to prevent damage. Plastic parts CAUTION: Using excessive force during disassembly a nd reassembly can da mage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the po ints designated in the mainte nance instructions. 36 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Cables and connectors CAUTION: When servicing the computer, be sure that ca bles are placed in their prop er locations during the reassemb ly process. Improper cable placement can damage the computer. Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoi d damage. Apply only the tension requ ired to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. H andle cables by th e connector whenever possibl e. In all cases, avoid be nding, twisting, or tearing cabl es. Be sure that cable s are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being removed o r replaced. H andle flex cable s with extreme care; these cables tear ea sily. Drive handling CAUTION: Drives are fragile componen ts that must be handled with care. To pre vent damage to the computer, damage to a d rive, or loss of information, observe the se precautions: Before removi ng or insertin g a hard drive, shut down the computer. If you ar e unsure whethe r the computer is off or in Hibern ation, turn the comp ut er o n, and then shut it down through the ope rating system. Before hand ling a drive, be sure th at you are disch arged of static electricity. While h andling a drive, avoid touching th e connector. Before removi ng a diskette drive or optical drive, be sure that a diskette or disc is not in the d rive and be sure that th e optical drive tray is closed. Handle drives on surfaces covered with at least one inch of shock-proof foam. Avoid dropping drives from any height onto any surface . After removing a ha rd drive, an opt ical drive, or a diskette dr ive, place it in a s tatic-proof bag. Avoid exposing a har d drive to products that have magnetic fields, such as monitors or speakers. Avoid exposing a d rive to tem perature extremes or liquids. If a drive must be maile d, place the drive in a bubb le pack mailer or other suitab le form of protective packaging and lab el the package âFRAGIL E.â Preliminary replacemen t requirements 37
Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensitiv e to el ectrostatic di scharge (ESD ). Circuitry design an d structure determine the degre e of sensitivity. Networks built into many integrated circuits provide some pr otection, but in many cases, ESD cont ains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of stat ic electricity from a fin ger or other conductor can destroy static-sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neithe r felt nor heard, da mage may have occurred. An electronic device exposed to ESD may no t be a ffected at all and can work perfectly through out a normal cycle. Or the device may f unction normally for a while, th en degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life exp ectancy. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the co mputer when you are removing or insta lling internal components, obs erve these precau tions: Keep components in th eir electrostatic-safe co ntainers unti l you are ready to install them. Use nonmagnetic tools. Before touching an electro nic component, discharge stati c electricity by using the gui delines described in this section. Avoid touching pins, leads, and circuitry. Hand le electro nic components as l ittle as possibl e. If you remove a compon ent, place it in an electrostatic-sa fe container. The following table shows how humidity affects the electrostatic voltage levels generated by different activities . CAUTION: A product can be degrade d by as little as 700 V. Typical electrostatic voltage levels Relative humidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across v inyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 1 1,500 V 4,000 V 2,000 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14,500 V 5,000 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20,000 V 7,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V 38 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Packaging and transporting guidelines Follow these grounding guidelines when packag ing and transporting equipmen t: â To avoid hand conta ct, transport products in static-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemblies with co nductive or approved containers or packaging . â Keep ESD-sensitive p arts in their containe rs unti l the parts arrive at static-free workstation s. â Place items on a grou nded surface befo re removing items from their containe rs. â Always be properly grounded when to uchin g a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from asse mblies in protective packaging or noncond uctive foam. â Use transporters and conveyors made of antistatic belts an d roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment use d for moving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials a re selected to avoid static charging. When gr ounding is not po ssible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges. Workstation guidelines Follow these groundi ng workstation guidelin es: â Cover the workstatio n with approv ed static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connecte d to a pro perly grounded work surface a nd use properly grounded tools and equipmen t. â Use conductive field service too ls, such as cutters, screwdrivers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces, u se fixtures ma de only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work ar ea free of non c onductive materials, such as or dinary plasti c assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive compon ents, parts, and a ssemblies by the case or PCM laminate . Handle these items only at st atic-free worksta tions. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input sig nals before inserting o r removing connectors or test equi pment. Preliminary replacemen t requirements 39
Equipment guid elines Grounding equipme nt must include either a wrist st rap or a foo t strap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap conn ected to a gr o unded system. Wrist straps are flexibl e straps with a minimum of one me gohm ±10% resistance in the ground co rds. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly aga inst the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with ban ana-plug conne ctors, use alligator clips to conne ct a wrist strap. â When standi ng, use foot strap s and a gro unded floor mat. Foot straps (hee l, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standin g workstat ions a nd are compa tible with mo st types o f shoes or boots. On conductive floors or dissipative floor ma ts, use foot straps on both feet with a min imum of one megohm resist ance between t he operator and ground. To be effective, the conductive strips must be worn in contact with the skin. The following gr ounding equip ment is reco mmended to pr event electros tatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins and other assembly or solderi ng aids â Nonconductive fo am â Conductive tabletop workstatio ns with ground cord s of one mego hm resistance â Static-dissipative t ables or floor mats with hard ties to the grou nd â Field service kits â Static awarenes s labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plas tic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and p rotective materials The following ta ble lists the sh ielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltage protection level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,500 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7, 500 V Metallized laminat e Floor mats 5,000 V 40 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Component replacement procedures This chapter pr ovides removal a nd replacement procedures. There are as many a s 110 screws, in 13 d ifferent sizes, that must be remo ved, replaced , or loosened when servicing the computer. Make specia l note of each scre w size and location during removal and replacement. Service tag When ordering part s or requesting informat ion, provide the c omputer serial n umber and model description provided on the service tag. (1) Product name: This is the product name affixed to the front of the compu ter. (2) Serial number (s/n): This is an al phanume ric identifier th at is unique to each product. (3) Part number/Product number (p/n): Thi s number provide s specific information about the product's hardware components. The part number helps a service technician to dete rmine what compone nts and parts are needed. (4) Model description: This is the al phanume ric identi fier need ed to locate do cuments, drivers, and support for the c omputer. (5) Warranty period: T his number describes the du ration of the warranty period for the computer. Component replacement p rocedures 41
Computer feet The compute r feet are adhesive -ba cked rubber pads. The fe et are incl uded in the Rub ber Feet Kit, spare part number 51632 6-001. There are 4 rubber feet th at attach to the base enclosure in the location s illustrated below. 42 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Battery Description Spare part number 8-cell, 73-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 516355-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 516354-001 Before disa ssembling th e computer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the computer upside down on a fla t surface. 2. Slide the battery release latch (1) to release the battery. 3. Pivot the battery (2) upwa rd and remove it from the compu ter. To insert the b attery, insert the rear edge of the ba ttery into the batte ry bay and pivot the front edge of the battery down ward until it is seated. The battery releas e latch automatically locks the battery into place. Component replacement p rocedures 43
Optical drive NOTE: The optical drive spare pa rt kit includ es an optical drive bezel and bracket. Description Spare part number Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL D rive with LightScribe 516352-001 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 516351-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Dr ive with LightScribe 516353-001 NOTE: If it is necessary to remove the op tical drive board, see System board on page 79 . Before removing the optical drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). Remove the optical drive: 1. Position the computer wi th the front toward you . 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw (1) that secures th e optical drive to the comp uter. 3. Remove the optical drive (2) . 4. If it is necessary to replac e the optical dri ve brac ke t, position the o ptical drive wi th the optica l drive bracket toward you. 44 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
5. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 sc rews that secure the optical dr ive bracket to the optical drive and remove the bracket. Reverse this procedure to reassemb le and install the optical drive. Primary hard drive cover Description Spare part number Primary hard drive co ver 518162-001 Before removi ng the pri mary hard drive cover, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). Remove the primary ha rd drive cover: 1. Loosen the four Phillips PM 2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the primary hard drive cover to the computer. Component replacement p rocedures 45
2. Lift the right side (2) of the primary hard drive cover, and then remove the cover (3) . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the primary ha rd drive cover. Secondary hard drive cover Description Spare part number Secondary hard drive cover 51 8164-001 Before removing the secondary hard drive cover, fo llow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the p rimary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on page 45 ). Remove the secondary hard drive cover: 1. Loosen the three Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screws (1) that secure the seco ndary hard drive cover to the computer. 46 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Lift the rear edge (2) , and remove the cover (3) . Reverse this procedure to insta ll the secondary hard drive cover. Component replacement p rocedures 47
Hard drive NOTE: The hard drive spare part kit inclu des left and ri ght bracket rails, a connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators. Description Spare part number 500-GB, 5400-rpm 516350-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm 516349-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm 516346-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm 516348-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm 516345-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes left and right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 517639-001 Before removing the hard drive, follo w these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the p rimary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on page 45 ) NOTE: Remove the second ary hard drive cover (see Secondary hard drive cover on page 46 ) when removing th e secondary ha rd drive. Remove the hard drive: 1. Use the Mylar tab (1) to slide the hard drive to the left (2) , and then lift it to re lease it from the hard drive bay. 2. Disconnect th e hard drive cable (3) from the system board. 48 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
3. Remove the hard drive (4) . Reverse this procedure to install th e hard drive. Component replacement p rocedures 49
WLAN module Description Spare part number Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g WLAN module for use in all countries and regions 482957-001 Intel Wi-Fi Link 5100 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in all countries and regions 480985-001 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Vir gin Islands, and the United States 504664-001 Broadcom 4322 802.11a/b/g/n WLAN module for us e in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azer baijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbad os, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colomb ia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Erit rea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi , Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, M auritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Naur u, Nepal, the Ne ther Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua , Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guin ea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippine s, Poland, Por tugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino , Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone , Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan , Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan , Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504664-002 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WL AN module for use in Afghanistan, Alba nia, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Arme nia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azer baijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbad os, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colomb ia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Erit rea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana , Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagasca r, Malawi , Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, M auritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Naur u, Nepal, the Ne ther Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua , Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guin ea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippine s, Poland, Por tugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino , Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone , Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solo mon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan , Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda , Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan , Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 459263-002 50 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Description Spare part num ber Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Antigua and Barbu da, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico , Trin idad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-001 Broadcom BCM4312 802.11b/g WLAN mo dule for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Aze rbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Ber muda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad , Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Comor o s, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor , Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, G hana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Hondura s, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, t he Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kaza khstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, L iberia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Ma ldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Mi cronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Mo ntenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nep al, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlan ds, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria , Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea , Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Pr incipe, Saudi Ar abia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Isla nds, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switze rland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanza nia, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkm enistan, Tuvalu, U ganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingd om, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietna m, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-002 Before removi ng the WLAN modul e, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). Remove the WLAN mo dule: CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for use in the computer by the go vernmental agency that re gulates wireless devi ces in your country or re gion. If you replace the modu le and the n receive a warning me ssage, remove the module to resto re computer functionality, a nd then contact technical support th rough Help and Support. 1. Disconnect the WL AN antenna cables (1) from the WLAN module. NOTE: The black WL AN antenna cable is conne cted to the WLAN module âMainâ terminal. The white WLAN antenna cable is connected to the WLAN module âAuxâ termin al. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screws (2) that secure the WLAN module to the computer . (The edge of the modu le opposite the slot rises away from the computer.) Component replacement p rocedures 51
3. Remove the WLAN mo dule (3) by pulli ng it away from th e slot at an angle . NOTE: WL AN modules are designed with a notch (4) to prevent incorrect insertion into the WLAN module slot. Reverse this proc edure to inst all a WLAN module. 52 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
RTC battery NOTE: Removing the RTC ba ttery and leaving it uninstalled for 5 o r more minutes causes al l passwords and CMO S settings to be clea red. Description Spare part number RTC battery 449729-0 01 Before removi ng the RTC batte ry, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on pa ge 45 ). Remove the RTC battery: î Remove the RTC b attery from the socket on the system board. Reverse this procedure to install the RTC battery. Be sure that the RTC battery is installed with the â â sign facing up. Component replacement p rocedures 53
Memory module Description Spare part number 4096-MB 516337-001 2048-MB 516336-001 1024-MB 516335-001 Before removing the memory module, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the p rimary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on page 45 ). Remove the memory module: 1. Spread the retainin g tabs (1) on each side of the memory mo dule slot to release the memory module. (The edge of the module opp osite the slot ri ses away from the computer.) 2. Remove the module (2) by pulling it away from the slot at an angle. NOTE: Memory modules are design ed with a notch (3) to prevent incorrect insertion into the memory module slot. Reverse this proc edure to install th e memory module . 54 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
TV tuner module NOTE: The TV tuner module spare part ki ts do not include a TV tuner modul e cable. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Ca ble Kit, spare part n umber 516328-0 01. NOTE: The TV tuner external a ntenna cables ar e av ailabl e using spare part number s 482900-0 01 (with F-PAL jack) and 48290 0-002 (with PAL jack). Description Spare part num ber DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001 Before removi ng the TV tuner module, fo llow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on pa ge 45 ). 6. Remove the secondary hard drive cover (see Secondary hard drive cover on page 46 ). Remove the TV tuner mo dule: 1. Disconnect the TV tu ner module antenna cable (1) from the terminal on the TV tuner module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (2) that secure s the TV tuner mo dule to the computer. (The edge of the modu le opposite the slot rises away from the computer.) Component replacement p rocedures 55
3. Remove the TV tuner module (3) . NOTE: Th e TV tuner module is d esigned with a notch (4) to prevent incorrect insertion in to the TV tuner module slot. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the TV tuner module. 56 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Switch cover and keyboard Description Spare part number Switch cover, for use in white computers ( includes LED board and cable) 516300-001 Switch cover, for use in black com puters (includes LED board and cable) 519269-001 White keyboard 516357-xxx Black molded keyboard 519265-xxx Black painted keyboard 519266-xxx NOTE: For a detailed list of available keyboards, see Sequential par t number listing on page 28 . Before removi ng the switch cover and keyboard, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the primary ha rd drive cover (see Primary hard drive cover on pa ge 45 ). Component replacement p rocedures 57
Remove the switch cover and keyboard: 1. Remove the following screws: (1) Three Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that secure the keybo ard to the computer (2) Three Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws that se cure the switch cover to the computer (3) Four Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws that secure the swit ch cover to the computer 2. Turn the compu ter display-side up, with the front toward you. 3. Open the computer as far as possible. 4. Lift the rear edge of the switch cover until it detaches from the computer. 5. Lift the switch cover (1) to access the keyboard screws. 58 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
6. Remove the four Philli ps PM2.0Ã 4.0 screws (2) that secure the keyboard to the co mputer. 7. Lift the keyboard (3) until the keyboard connector on the system board is accessible. 8. Release the zero i nsertion force (ZIF) con nector (1) to which the keyboard ca ble is connected and disconnect the cable (2) from the system board. 9. Remove the keyboard. 10. Disconnect the power button board cable (1) from the low insertion force (L IF) connector on the system board. Component replacement p rocedures 59
11. Disconnect t he LED board cable (2) from the LIF conn ector on the system boa rd. 12. Remove the switch cover. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the switch cover a nd keyboard. 60 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Power button board Description Spare part num ber Power button board for use in computers with discrete graphics subsys tems (includes cable) 516329-001 Power button board for use in computers with U M A graphics subsystems (i ncludes cable) 518165-001 Before removi ng the power bu tton board, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboa rd (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). Remove the powe r button board: 1. Turn the switch cover upside down with the front toward yo u. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (1) that se cures the power bu tton board to the switch cover. 3. Remove the power button board (2) and cable. Reverse this proced ure to install the po wer button bo ard. Component replacement p rocedures 61
Speaker assembly Description Spare part number Speaker assembly 516323-001 Before removing the speaker assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on p age 57 ). Remove the speaker assembly: 1. Disconnect th e speaker assembly cable (1) from the system board. 2. Remove the speaker assembly (2) . Reverse this proc edure to in stall the speaker assembly. 62 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Bluetooth module NOTE: The Bluetooth module sp are part kit does not in clude a Bluetooth mod ule cable. The Bluetooth module cable is ava ilable using spare part number 517 638-001. Description Spare part num ber Bluetooth module 483113-001 Before removi ng the Bluetooth mo dule, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboa rd (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). 6. Remove the speake r assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). Remove the Blueto oth module: 1. Disconnect the Blue tooth module cable (1) from the Bluetooth module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (2) that secures the Bluetooth module to the computer. 3. Remove the Blueto oth module (3) . Reverse this procedure to in stall the Bluetooth mod ule. Component replacement p rocedures 63
Display assembly NOTE: The display assembl y includes a webcam, 2 mi crophones, an d 2 wireless a ntenna transceivers and cables. Description Spare part number 17.3-inch HD flush glass An tiGlare display assembly for use in white compu ters 516296-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assembly for use in white computers 516295-001 17.3-inch HD flush glass An tiGlare display assembly for use in black compu ters 519260-001 17.3-inch HD BrightView display assembly for use in black computers 519259-001 Before removing the display assembly, follow these s teps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Disconnect the wire less antenna cables from the WLAN modul e (see WLAN module on page 50 ). 6. Remove the switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on p age 57 ). 7. Remove the speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). Remove the disp lay assembly: 1. Disconnect the displa y panel cable (1) and the webcam/micropho ne cable (2) fro m the system board. 64 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Remove the WLAN ante nna cables from the clip s (3) built into the top cover. CAUTION: Support the display assembly when removing the following screws. Failure to support the display assembly can re sult in damage to the display assembly and other computer components. 3. Remove the four Ph illips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (1) that secure the display assembly to th e computer. 4. Remove the display assembly (2) . NOTE: Steps 5 through 18 provide display assembly internal componen t removal information for computer models equipp ed with flush glas s display assemblies. See steps 19 through 28 for display assembly internal component removal in formation for compu ter models equipped with BrightView display assemblies. Component replacement p rocedures 65
5. If it is necessary to replace the display enclosure or any of the display ass embly internal components, remove the followi ng screw covers and screws: (1) Two rubber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge. The display rubber scre w covers are included in th e Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 516 446-001. (2) Four Phillips PM 2.5Ã7.0 screws. 6. Turn the displ ay assembly upside down, with the bottom toward you. 7. Lift and release the bottom of the display enclosure (1) . 8. Disconnect the displa y logo cable (2) from the d isplay panel cabl e. 9. Route the webcam cable and antenna cables (3) through the hinge chan nel. 10. Remove the display enclos ure (4) . The display enclosure is available using spare part numbe r 516443-001, and includes th e display logo LED board and the wireless antenna transceivers an d cables. 66 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
11. If it is necessary to remove the hinge cove r, remove th e four Phillips PM2 .5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the hinge cover to the display assembly, and then remove the cover (2) . The hinge cover is available using spa re part number 5378 44-001. 12. If it is necessary to replac e the webcam/microphone module, remove the Phi llips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (1) that secures the module to the display bezel. 13. Release the webcam/microp hone module (2) a s far as the we bcam/micropho ne module cable allows. 14. Disconnect the webcam/micropho ne module cable (3) and remo ve the webcam/microph one module. The webcam/micropho ne module is av ailable using spare part numbe r 516312-001. Component replacement p rocedures 67
15. Disconnect the d isplay panel cable from the displa y p anel. The display panel cab le is available using spare part nu mber 516307-001. 16. If it is necessary to replace the display hinges, remove the six Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws (1) that secure the display hi nges to the top of the display panel. 17. Remove the four Phil lips PM 2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure the hinges to the sides of th e display panel (2) . 68 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
18. Remove the display hinge assembly (3) by l ifting it straight up. The display hinge s are available using spare part numb er 516444-001. The displa y screw kit is available using spare part kit 531764-001. The left and right sid es of the display hinge assembly are secured using fou r PM 2.5Ã4.0 screws (1) to a bracke t (2) as sho wn in the following image. NOTE: Steps 19 through 28 provide display asse mbly internal compon ent removal information for computer mode ls equipped with BrightView displa y assemblies. See steps 5 thro ugh 18 for display assembly internal compo nent removal information for compu ter models equipped with flush glass display assemblies. Component replacement p rocedures 69
19. If it is nece ssary to replace th e display bezel or any o f the disp lay assembly inte rnal componen ts, remove the following screw covers and screws: (1) Two rubber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge. The display rubber scre w covers are included in th e Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 516 308-001. (2) Two Phillip s PM2.5Ã6.5 scre ws 20. Flex the insi de edges of th e top edge (1) , the left and right sides (2) , and the bottom edge of the display bezel (3) until the bezel disenga ges from the display enclosure. 21. Remove the display bezel (4) . The display bezel is avail able using th e spare part number 516305-001. 22. If it is nece ssary to rep lace webcam/microphon e module, release the module from the displa y bezel (1) as far a s the webcam/microphon e module cable allows. 70 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
23. Disconnect the webcam/micropho ne module cable (2) and remo ve the webcam/microph one module. The webcam/micropho ne module is av ailable using spare part numbe r 516312-001. 24. If it is necessary to r eplace the display pa nel, remove the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw s (1) from the top corners and the six Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (2) from the display hinges. The display panel is available usin g spar e part number 516303-0 01. Component replacement p rocedures 71
25. Flex the bottom of the display panel (1) back and release the display hin ges. Remove the disp lay panel (2) . 26. If it is necessary to replac e the display hinges, remove th e four Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws (1) that secure each display hing e to the display pa nel. 27. Remove the display hinges (2) . The display hinges are available in the Display Hinge Bracket Kit, spare part 516306-001. T he display hinge screws ar e available in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 516309-001 . 72 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
28. If it is necessary to remove the display panel cable, remo ve the adhesive plastic strip (1) from the display panel cable, an d lift up the d isplay panel cable (2) . Remove the tape (3) that secures the cable to the disp lay panel. The displ ay panel cable i s available using spa re part number 516307-001. Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the display assemb ly. Component replacement p rocedures 73
Top cover Description Spare part number For use only with white computer mode ls equipped with a fingerprint reader; includes fin gerprint reader board 516299-001 For use only with white computer models not equippe d with a fingerprint reader 516360-001 For use only with black computer models equippe d with a fingerprint reader; includes fin gerprint reader board 519267-001 For use only with black computer models not equippe d with a fingerprint reader 519268-001 Before removing the top cover, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ) d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Turn the compu ter upside down, with the front toward you. 74 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Remove the 3 Phill ips 2.5Ã4.0 silver broadhea d screws (1) and 11 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screws (2) that secure the to p cover to the bo ttom of the computer. 3. Disconnect the fo llowing cables f rom the system bo ard: (1) TouchPad board cab le (2) Fingerprint reader board cab le Component replacement p rocedures 75
4. Remove the following screws that secu re the top co ver to the computer: (1) 4 black PM2.0 Ã4.0 screws (2) 4 silver PM2.0Ã4.0 screws (3) 2 black PM2.5 Ã7.0 screws 5. Remove the to p cover by lifting it straigh t up. Reverse this proc edure to inst all the top cover. 76 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Modem module NOTE: The modem modu le spare part kits do not include a modem module cable. The modem module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 5 16328-001 . Description Spare part num ber Modem module for use in all countries and regions except Australia an d New Zealand 461749-001 For use only in Australia and New Zealand 461749-011 Before removi ng the mode m module, follow the se steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). Remove the mo dem module: 1. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã3. 0 screws (1) that secure the modem mo dule to the system board. 2. Lift the mode m module (2) . Component replacement p rocedures 77
3. Disconnect the modem module cable (3) and remove the modem module from the system board. Reverse this proc edure to install th e modem module. 78 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
System board NOTE: The system board spare kit incl udes replacement therma l material. Description Spare part number System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of dedicated memory 516294-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4650 discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1-GB of dedicated memory 516293-001 System board with ATI Mobility Radeon HD 4530 discrete graph ics subsystem and 512-MB of dedicated memory 516292-001 System board with Intel GMA 4700MHD UMA graphics subsystem and shared memory 516291-001 System board bracket 516334-001 Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ) b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ) c. Switch cover (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ) d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ) e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ) f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ) When replacing the system board, be sure that the following compon ents are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system board: â TV tuner module (see TV tuner module on pa ge 55 ) â RTC battery (see RTC battery on page 53 ) â Memory modu le (see Memory module on page 54 ) â WLAN module (see Bluetooth module on page 63 ) â Modem module (see Modem module on page 77 ) Component replacement p rocedures 79
â Fan/heat sink assembly (see System board on page 79 ) â Processor (see System board on pag e 79 ) Remove the system board: 1. Disconnect the following cables from the system boar d: (1) Audio/infrared board cable NOTE: The audio/infrared board cable connects to a LI F connector on the system board. (2) Subwoofer cable (3) USB board cable NOTE: The USB board cable connects to a LIF connector on the system b oard. (4) Power co nnector cable 80 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
2. Disconnect the hard drive connecto r cables from the system board. 3. Remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws (1) that secure the system board to the base enclosure. 4. Lift up on th e right side of t he system boar d until it is at a pproximately a 45-degree angle (2 ) , and then lift the system board to the right and up a nd out of the base enclosure (3) . Component replacement p rocedures 81
5. If it is necessary to remov e the optical drive bo ard from the system board, pull the optical drive board straight off the system boa rd. The optical drive boa rd is available using spare part number 519481-001 for compute rs with discrete graphics and 535805-001 fo r computers with UMA graphics. Reverse this procedure to inst all the system board. Audio/infrared board Description Spare part number Audio/infrared board for use in computers with discrete graphics subs ystems (inc ludes cable) 516330-001 Audio/infrared board for use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems (includes cable) 518166-001 Before removing the audio /infrared board, follow these ste ps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the compu ter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). 82 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). Remove the audio /infrared board: 1. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw (1) tha t secures the audio/infrared bo ard to the base enclosure. 2. Release the aud io/infrared board cabl e from the clip (2) buil t into the base enclosure. 3. Lift the aud io/infrared board (3) straight up. 4. Disconnect the audio/infrared boar d cable from the system board (4) , and then remove the audio- infrared board from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to in stall the audio /infrared board. USB board Description Spare part num ber USB board for use in computers with discre te graphics subsyste ms (includes cable) 516332-001 USB board for use in computers with UMA graphics subsystems (includes cable ) 518168-001 Before removi ng the USB board, fol low these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. Component replacement p rocedures 83
4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). Remove the USB board: 1. Disconnect th e USB board cable (1) from the LIF connector on t he system board. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw (2) that secures th e USB boar d to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the USB board (3) from th e base enclosure . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the USB board. Subwoofer Description Spare part number Subwoofer 516333-001 Before removing the subwoofer, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 84 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). Remove the Subwoofer: 1. Remove the three Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screws (1) that secure the subwoofer to the base enclosure. 2. Ensure the rubber grommets (2) that contained the broadh ead screws are still in place. 3. Remove the subwoofe r (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the subwoofer. Component replacement p rocedures 85
TV tuner module cable NOTE: The TV tuner module ca ble is available in the Cable Kit, spa re part number 516328-001. Before removing the TV tuner module cable, fol low these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the compu ter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the TV tuner module cable : 1. Remove the TV tuner modu le cable from the clips (1) built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the TV tuner module conn ector (2) from the clip built into t he side of the base encl osure. 86 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
3. Remove the assembly from the enclosure (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the TV tuner module cab le. Modem module cable NOTE: The modem modul e cable is availab le in the Ca ble Kit, spare part numb er 516328-001. The modem module cab le includes the RJ-11 jack. Before removi ng the mode m module cable, foll ow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unplugging the AC Adapter from the computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (see System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the modem module cable: Component replacement p rocedures 87
1. Release the cab le from the clips (1) built into the ba se enclosure. 2. Remove t he RJ-11 jack (2) from the clip built in to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the assembly from the base enclosure (3) . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the modem module cab le. Power connector cable Description Spare part number Power connector cable 53 6857-001 NOTE: The power co nnector cable is av ailable in th e Cable Kit, spare part number 501891-001. Before removing the power connector cable , follow these steps: 1. Shut down the c omputer. If yo u are unsure whether the compu ter is off or in Hibernation , turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all e xternal devices conne cted to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggi ng the AC Adapter from the compu ter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). 88 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (see System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the powe r connector cable: 1. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw (1) that secures the power connector and b racket (2) to the base enclosure . 2. Remove the power conn ector cable (3) . Reverse this procedure to install the powe r connector cable. Fan/heat sink assembly NOTE: The fan/heat sink a ssembly spare ki t includes replacemen t thermal material. Description Spare part number For use only with computer m odels equipped with graphics subs ystems with discrete memory 516876-001 For use only with computer mode ls equipped with gr aphics subsystems with UMA memory 516331-001 NOTE: To properly ventilate the computer , allow at le ast a 7.6-cm (3-inch) cl earance on the right side and rear pane l of the computer. The comp uter uses an electric fan for ventilatio n. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on auto matically when high te mperature condition s exist. These condit ions are affect ed by high external temperatures , system pow er consumption, power management/battery conservation configurations, b a ttery fast charging, and so ftware requirem ents. Exhaust air is displ aced through th e ventilation grill lo cated on th e left side of the compute r. Before removi ng the fan/hea t sink assembly, follow th ese steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. Component replacement p rocedures 89
3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first un p lugging the powe r cord from the AC outlet and then unplu gging the AC ad apter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard drive on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on page 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembl y on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (s ee System board on pa ge 79 ). Remove the fan/he at sink assembly : NOTE: Steps 1 through 4 apply only to models with discrete subsystem memory on the system board. See steps 5 through 8 a pply only to models with UMA subsyst em memory on the system board. 1. Turn the system boa rd upside down, with the expan sion port and external monitor port toward yo u. 2. Disconnect the fan cable (1) from the system board. 3. Loosen the six Philli ps captive screws (2) that secure the fa n/heat sink assembly to the system board. 90 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
4. Remove the fa n/heat sink assemb ly (3) . NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the th ermal material located b etween the fa n/heat sink assembly and system board componen ts, it may be necessary to mo ve the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side t o detach the ass embly. NOTE: The thermal material must be thoroughl y cleaned from the surfac es of the fan/heat si nk assembly and the system boa rd each time the fan/ heat sink assembly is removed. Thermal pa ste is used on the processor (1) and the heat sink section (2) that ser vices it. Thermal pa ds are used on the Northbridge chip (3) and No rthbridge contact (4) , the graphics subsystem chip (5) and graphics/heat sink contact (6) and various capacitors and th eir contacts (7) . Replacement thermal material is included with all fa n/heat sink assembly, system board, and processor spare part kits. 5. Turn the system board upside down , with the expansion port and ex ternal monitor port toward you. 6. Disconnect th e fan cable (1) from the system board. 7. Loosen the three Philli ps captive screws (2) that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the syst em board. Component replacement p rocedures 91
8. Remove the fa n/heat sink assembly (3) . NOTE: Due to the adhesive quality of the thermal material loca ted between the fan/he at sink assembly and system board compon ents, it may be necessary to mo ve the fan/heat sink assembly from side to side to detac h the assembly. The thermal materi al must be thoroughly cleaned from the surfaces of the fan/heat sink assembly and the system board each time the fan/heat sink assembly is removed. T hermal paste is used on capacitors and their contacts (1) , on the processor and contact (2) , and on the North bridge chip and contact (3) . Reverse this proc edure to inst all the fan/heat sink assembly. 92 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
Processor NOTE: The processor spare part kit includes th ermal material. Description Spare part number Intel Coreâ¢2 Quad Q9100 2 .26-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz F SB 507947-001 Intel Core2 Quad Q9000 2.00-GHz with 12-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507948-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9800 2.93-GH z with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507951-001 Intel Core2 Duo T9550 2.66-GH z with 6-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507953-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8700 2.53-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507960-001 Intel Core2 Duo P8600 2.40-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507963-001 Intel Core2 Duo P7450 2.13-GHz with 3-MB L2 cache and 1066-MHz FSB 507965-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6600 2.20-GH z with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB 513593-001 Intel Core2 Duo T6400 2.00-GH z with 2-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB 513592-001 Intel Pentium Dual Core T4200 2.00- GHz with 1-MB L2 cache and 800-MHz FSB 513599-001 Before removi ng the proces sor, follow these step s: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the computer is off or i n Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down through the operating system. 2. Disconnect all ex ternal devices connec ted to the co mputer. 3. Disconnect the p ower from the computer by first unplugging the power cord from the AC outlet and then unpluggin g the AC adapter from th e computer. 4. Remove the ba ttery (see Battery on page 43 ). 5. Remove the follo wing components: a. Hard drive (see Hard driv e on page 48 ). b. Optical drive (see Optical drive on page 44 ). c. Switch cover and keyboard (see Switch cover and keyboard on pa ge 57 ). d. Speaker assembly (see Speaker assembly on page 62 ). e. Display assembly (see Display assembly on page 64 ). f. Top cover (see Top cover on page 74 ). g. USB board (see USB board on page 83 ). h. System board (see System board on pa ge 79 ). i. Fan/heat sink assembly (see Fan/heat sink assembly on page 89 ). Remove the processo r: 1. Turn the processor locking screw (1) one-half turn countercl ockwise until you hear a cl ick. Component replacement p rocedures 93
2. Lift the processor (2) straight u p and remove it. NOTE: When you install the processor, the gold triangle (3) on the processor must be alig ned with the tr iangle icon (4) embossed on the processor socket. Reverse this procedure to instal l the processor. 94 Chapter 4 Remova l and replacement pro cedures
5 Setup Utility WARNING! Only authorized technicians trained by HP must re pair this equipment. All tro ubleshooting and repair pr ocedures ar e detailed to allow repair at only the subasse mbly or module level. Because of the complexity of the individual boards and su bassemblies, do not attempt to make repairs at the component level or modify any printed wiring board. Improper repairs can crea te a safety hazard. Any indication of component replace ment or printed w iring board mod ification may void any warra nty or exchange allowances . Starting the Se tup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM- based information and customization ut ility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working. NOTE: The fingerprint reader (selec t models only) cannot be used to access the Setup Utility. The utility reports information abou t the computer and provides setti ngs for startup, security, and other preferences. To start the Setup Utility: î Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . 2. When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . Starting the Setup Utility 95
Using the Setup Utility Changing the language of the Setup Utility The following procedure explains how to change the la nguage of the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is already running, be gin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the comput er. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Langua ge , and then p ress enter . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and then press enter . 4. When a co nfirmation prompt with you r language selected is displa yed, press enter . 5. To save your chan ge and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes into effect immed iately. Display system information The following procedure explains how to display system information in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or re starting the comput er. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menu â message is displayed in the lowe r-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the compute r is displayed. 3. To exit the Setup Util ity without changing any se ttings, use the ar row keys to sele ct Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . 96 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility The following procedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Util ity default settings . If the Setup Utility is not already running, begi n at step 1. If the Setu p Utility is already run ning, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turni ng on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displa yed in the lower-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is di splayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Se tup Confirmation is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your change a nd exit the Setup Utility, use the a rrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . The Setup Utility defaul t settings go into effect when th e computer restarts. NOTE: Your password, security, and la nguage settings are not changed wh en you restore the factory default settings. Exiting the Setup Utility You can exit the Setup Uti lity with or without sa ving changes. â To exit the Setup Utility and save yo ur changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menu s are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menu s are not visible, press esc to return to the menu display. Then use th e arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding C hanges , and the n press enter . After either choice, the computer restarts in Windows. Using the Setup Utility 97
Setup Utility menus The menu tables in this section provid e an ove rview of Setup Uti lity options. NOTE: Some of the Setup Utility menu items listed in this chapter may not be sup ported by your computer. Main menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the computer. â View specification information about the processor, memory size, syst em BIOS, and keyboard controller vers ion (select models only). Security menu Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an administra tor password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on pa ssword. System Configuration menu Select To do this Language Support Change the Setup Utility language. Button Sound (select models only) Enable/disable the capacit ive button tapping sound. Virtualization Technology Enable/disable the processo r Virtualization Technology. Processor C4 State (select models only) Enable/disable the processor C4 sleep state. LAN Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable LAN Power Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Card Reader/1394 Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable Card Reader/1394 Power Saving . When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. 98 Chapter 5 Setup Utility
Select To do t his Fan Always On Enabled/disable Fan Always On. When enabled, the computer fan will always be on. Boot Options Set the following boot options: â f9 and f10 Delay (sec.) â Set the delay for the f9 and f10 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM boot â Enable/disable boot from CD-R OM. â Floppy boot â Enable/disable boot fr om diskette. â Internal Network Adapter boot â Enable/disable b oot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot Order â Set the boot order for: ⦠USB Floppy ⦠Internal CD/DVD ROM Drive ⦠Hard driv e ⦠USB Diskette on Key ⦠USB Hard drive ⦠Network adapter Diagnostics menu Select To do t his Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehensive self-test on the hard drive. NOTE: On models with two hard drives, this me nu option is calle d the Primary Hard Disk Self Test. Secondary Hard Disk Self Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive. Memory Test Run a diagnostic te st on the system memory. Setup Utility menus 99
6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Width 46.60 cm 18.35 in Depth 30.90 cm 12.16 in Height (front to back) 3.90 to 4.70 cm 1.53 to 1.85 in Weight (with optical drive, hard drive, and battery) 3.75 kg 8.26 lbs Second hard drive adds: 0.13 kg 0.28 lbs Camera adds: 0.009 kg 0.02 lbs Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 35°C 32°F to 95 °F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95 °F Nonoperating -20°C to 60° C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitu de (unpressurized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,192 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft NOTE: Applicable product safety standards specif y thermal limits for plastic surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temperatures. 100 Chapter 6 Specifications
17.3-inch, HD flush glass AntiGlare display specifications Metric U.S . Dimensions Height 20.7 cm 12.15 in Width 33.1 cm 17.03 in Diagonal 43.9 cm 17.29 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 (typical) Brightness 180 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.197 à 0.197 mm Format 1600 à 900 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight LED Character display 80 à 25 Total power co nsumption 2 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, /-50° vertical (typ ical) 17.3-inch, HD flush glass Anti Glare displa y specifications 101
17.3-inch HD BrightView display specifications Metric U.S. Dimensions Height 30.7 cm 12.15 in Width 43.1 cm 17.03 in Diagonal 43.9 cm 17 .29 in Number of colors Up to 16.8 million Contrast ratio 200:1 Brightness 150 nits typical Pitch resoluti on Pitch 0.259 à 0.259 mm Format 1600 à 900 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight LED Character display 80 à 25 Total power cons umption 2 W Viewing angle /-65° horizontal, /â50° vertical typical 102 Chapter 6 Specifications
Hard drive specifications 500-GB* 320-GB* 250-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 101 g 101 g 101 g Interface type ATA-7 ATA-7 ATA-7 Transfer rate Synchronous (maximum) 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA security ATA security ATA security Seek times (typical read, including setting) Single track 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical blocks 1,048,576,000 625,141,400 488,397,168 Disc rotational speed 5400-rpm 5400-rpm 5400-rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F ) *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive storage capacity. Actual accessible capacity is less. NOTE: Certain restrictions and excl usions apply. Contact te chnical su pport for details. Hard drive specifications 103
Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive Applicable disc Read: Write: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD-MIDI, CDTEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo-CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD- R, CD-RW) , CD-R, CD- RW, DVDROM (DVD-5, DVD-9, DVD- 10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM, HD- ROM (Single Layer), HD-ROM (Dual Layer), HD DVD-R, HD DVD-R for Dual Layer, HD DVD-RW CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD R (9), DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-R(9) ,DVD-RW, DVD-RA M Access time CD DVD HD Random 170 ms 170 ms 230 ms Cache buffer 8 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec 1X BD-ROM 4 ,500 KB/sec 1X BD-R read 4 ,500 KB/sec 1X BD-RE read 4 ,500 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode 104 Chapter 6 Specifications
DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications Applicable disc Read: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD-MIDI, CD- TEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo- CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CD- R, CD-RW), CD-R, CD-RW, D VD- ROM (DVD-5, DVD-9, DVD-1 0, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM Write: CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-R W, DVD-RAM Standard disc 12 cm (4.72 in) Mini disc 8 cm (3.15 in) Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Full stroke < 285 ms < 335 ms Cache buffer 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD- R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DV D R(9) 2,700 KB/ sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode System DMA specifications Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperM ulti Double -L ayer Combo Drive specifications 105
Hardware DMA System function DMA4 Direct me mory access controller DMA5* Avai lable f or PC Car d DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *PC Card controller can use DM A 1, 2, or 5. 106 Chapter 6 Specifications
System interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natur al Keyboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 82801DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Conexant ACâLink Audio Intel 82801DB/DBM SMBus Controller â24C3 Data Fax Modem with SmartCP IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet Contr oller IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ 24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numeric data processor IRQ14 Primary IDE channel IRQ15 Secondary IDE channel *Default configuration; audio poss ible configurations are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, or none. NOTE: PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4, IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10, IRQ11, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4. System interrupt specifications 107
System I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System functi on (shipping configu ration) 00-1F DMA Controller Cha nnel 0-3 CF7 PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 20 - 21 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Master Controller ) 24 - 25 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 28 - 29 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 2C - 2D Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 2E -2F M/B Resource (LPC Con troller) 30 - 31 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 34 - 35 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 38 - 39 Progr ammable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 3C - 3D Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 40 - 43 System Timer 4E - 4F M/B Resource (LPC Controller) 50 - 53 System Timer 60 EC 61 LPC 62 EC 63 LPC 64 EC 65 LPC 66 EC 67 LPC 70 - 77 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 81 - 91 DMA Contr oller Channel 2 92 LPC A0 - A1 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Slave Controller) A4 - A5 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) A8 - A9 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) AC - AD Programmable Interrupt Con troller (Aliases) B0 - B1 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) B2 - B3 LPC B4 - B5 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) B8 - B9 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Aliases) 108 Chapter 6 Specifications
I/O address (hex) System function (shipping configurat ion) BC - BD Programmable Inter rupt Controller (Aliases) C0 - DF DMA Controller Channel 4- 7 F0 Numeric data processor 380 - 383 ENE CIR Receiver 384 - 38E EC 3B0 - 3BB VGA 3C0 - 3DF VGA 400 - 47F LPC 4D0 - 4D1 Programmable Interrupt Controller 500 - 53F LPC 600 - 60F LPC 610 LPC 800 - 80F LPC 810 - 817 LPC 820 - 823 LPC D00 - FFFF PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 164E - 164F LPC 2000 - 2FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 6 (B0/D28/F5) 3000 - 3FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 5 (B0/D28/F4) 4000 - 4FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 4 (B0/D28/F3) 5000 - 50FF Rea ltek RTL8168C/8111C PCI-E Gigabit Ethernic NIC (B3/D0/F0) 6000 - 6FFF ICH9 Family PCI Express Root Por t 1 (B0/D28/F0) 7000 - 70FF VGA 7000 - 7FFF PCI-E Root Port (B0/D1/F0) 8000 - 801F SMBus Controller 8020 - 803F SATA AHCI Controller - 2929 8040 - 805F USB UHCI Controller - 2939 8060 - 807F USB UHCI Controller - 2936 8080 - 809F USB UHCI Controller - 2935 80A0 - 80 BF USB UHCI Controller - 2934 80C0 - 80DF USB UHCI Controller - 3938 80E0 - 80FF USB UHCI Controller - 2937 8100 - 8117 SATA AHCI Controller - 292 9 System I/O address specifications 109
System memory map specifications Size Memory address System function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFFF System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Super extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFFFF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memory (d irect access) 4 GB 08200000-FFFEFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FFFF FFFF System BIOS 110 Chapter 6 Specifications
7 Screw listing This section provides specificat ion and reference informa tion for the screws used in the computer. Screws listed in this section are available in the Screw Kit, spare part number 516327-001. Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (black) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 2 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 2 screws that secure the modem to the system board Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (black) 111
Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (silver) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Silver 12 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: 4 screws that secure the display hinges to the hinge bracket on computer models eq uipped with flush glass display assemblies 112 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: 4 screws that secure the display hin ges to the display panel on computer mod els equipped with flush glass display assembli es Where used : 4 screws that secure the display panel to the d isplay enclosure on c omputer models equipped with BrightView display assemblies Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw (silver) 113
Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Black 24 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used: One screw that secures the optical drive to the computer Where used: 4 screws that secure the display bezel to the display en closure on computer models equipped with f lush glass display assemblies 114 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : 11 scr ews that s ecure the to p cover to the base enclosure Where used : One screw that secures the p ower connector and bracket to th e base enclosure Where used : 3 screws that secure the keyb oard to the base enclosure Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 115
Where used: 2 screws that secure the switch cover to the computer Where used: 2 screws that secure the top cover to top of the compute r 116 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 10 6.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : (1) 4 captive screws that secure the prima ry hard dr ive cover to the computer (screws are secured by a C-clip) (2) 3 captive screws that secure the secondary hard drive cover to the computer (screws are secured by a C-clip) Phillips PM2.5Ã6.0 captive screw 117
Where used : 3 screws that secure the fan/ heat sink to the sy stem board in co mputer models equipped with discrete graphics 118 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (black) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 8 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used : One screw that secures the TV tuner module to the system board Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (black) 119
Where used: One screw that secures the WL AN module to the sys tem board Where used: 4 screws that secure the to p cover to the ba se enclosure (along top of base enclo sure) Where used: One screw that secures th e power button board to the sw itch cover 120 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : One screw that se cures the Bluetoot h module to the top co ver Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (black) 121
Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (silver) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Silver 11 4.0 mm 2.0 mm 4.5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the optical drive bracket to the op tical drive Where used: 4 screws that secure the keyboard to the top of the computer 122 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used: One scre w that secures the webcam/micropho ne module to the di splay bezel on comp uter models equipp ed with flush glass display assemblies Where used : Four screws that secure the top cover to the top of the computer Phillips PM2.0Ã4.0 screw (silver) 123
Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (silver) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Head diameter Silver 10 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm Where used : 6 screws that secure the display hinges to the display panel on comp uter models equipped with flush glass display assemblies 124 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Where used : 4 screws that secure the hinge cover to the d isplay enclosure on c omputer models equipped with flush glass display assem blies Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (black) Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 8 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used : 4 screws, located inside the battery bay, t hat secure the switch c over to the comput er Where used : 4 screws that secure the di splay hinges to th e display hinge bracket on computer models equipped with flush glass display assem blies Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw (black) 125
Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 broadhead screw Color Qua ntity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 3 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 8.0 mm Where used: 3 screws, located inside the hard d rive bay, th at secure the top cove r to the computer 126 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw Color Quanti ty Length Thread Hea d diameter Black 12 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.4 mm Where used : One screw that secures the U SB board to the base encl osure Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 127
Where used: 2 screws that secure the system board to the base enclo sure Where used: One screw that secures th e audio/infrared bo ard to the base enclo sure Where used: 8 screws that secure the displ ay panel to the disp lay enclosure on computer mode ls equipped with Brig htView display assemblies 128 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screw Color Quantit y Length Thread Head diameter Black 3 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 8.0 mm Where used : 3 screws that secure the subwoofer to the computer Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 broadhead screw 129
Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw Color Qua ntity Length Thread Head diameter Black 2 6.5 mm 2.5 mm 4 .5 mm Where used: 2 screws that secure the display bezel to the display en closure on computer models equipped with Brig htView display assemblies 130 Chapter 7 Screw listing
Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw Color Quantit y Length Thread Head diameter Silver 6 14.0 mm 2.5 mm 4.5 mm Where used : 3 screws that secure the fan/heat sink to the system board in co mputer model s equipped with discrete graphics Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw 131
Where used : 3 screws that secure the fan/ heat sink to the sy stem board in co mputer models equipped with UMA graphics 132 Chapter 7 Screw listing
8 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most curren t backup. HP reco mmends that you create recovery discs immediately after software setup. As you add ne w software and data files, yo u should continue to back up your system on a reg ular basis to main tain a reasonably current backup. Tools provided by the ope rating system and Recove ry Manag er software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information and restoring it in case of a syst em failure: â Making a set of recovery discs (Recovery Manager sof tware feature). Recovery discs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and softwar e programs to factory settings in case of system failure or instability. â Backing up your information regula rly to protect your important system files. â Creating system restore points (operating sys tem feature). System restore points allow you to reverse undesira ble changes to your comp uter by re storing the computer to an earlier state. â Recovering a program or d river (Recovery Ma nager software feature ). This feature helps you reinstall a program or driver without performing a full system recovery. â Performing a full system reco very (Recovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you ex perience system failure or instabilit y. Recovery Manager works from a dedicated recovery partitio n (select models only) on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. NOTE: If your computer includes a so li d-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. Recovery discs have been in cluded for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To check for the presence of a recovery partition, select Start > Computer . If the partition is present, an HP Recovery dr ive is listed i n the Hard Disk Drives section of the windo w. Recovering system information 133
Creating recovery discs HP recommends that you create recove ry discs to be sure that y ou can restore your system to its original factory state if you experience se rious system failure or instability. Create these di scs af ter setting up the computer for the first time. Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe place. The software allows the creation of only one set of recovery discs. NOTE: If your computer does no t include an internal o ptical drive, you can use an optional extern al optical drive (purchased separately) to create reco very discs, or you can purchase recovery discs for your computer from the HP Web site. Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need hi gh-quality DVD-R, do uble-layer DVD-R , DVD R, double -layer DVD R, BD- R (writable Blu-ray), or CD-R discs. All these di scs are purchased separate ly. DVDs and BDs have a much higher capacity than CDs. If you use CD s, up to 20 discs may be required, whereas only a few DVDs or BDs are require d. NOTE: Rea d-write discs, suc h as CD-RW, DVD± RW, double-layer DVD±RW, an d BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, are not compatib le with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connected to AC power during this p rocess. â Only one set of recovery discs can be created per computer. â Number each disc befo re inserting it into the computer optica l drive. â If necessary, you can exit the pr ogram before you have finished creating th e recovery discs. The next time you open Recove ry Manager, you wi ll be prompted to continue the disc creatio n process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Re covery Manager > Recovery Man ager . Recovery Manager opens. 2. Click Advanced Options . NOTE: If you are operating the computer on battery power, you will be pr ompted to connect to AC power before you can go to the next step. 3. Click Recovery disc creation , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on-screen instructio ns. 134 Chapt er 8 Backup and Recove ry
Backing up your information When to back up â On a regularly schedule d basis NOTE: Set reminders to back up your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify ha rdware or software Backup suggestions â Create a set of recovery discs using Recovery Manager. â Create system resto re points using th e Windows® System Restore feature, and perio dically copy them to disc. â Store personal files i n the Documents folde r and back up these folders periodicall y. â Back up templates stored in their a ssociated progra ms. â Save customized settings in a window, toolbar, o r me nu bar by taking a screen shot of your settin gs. The screen sho t can be a time saver if you have to reset your preferences. To copy the scree n and paste it in to a word-processing docume nt, follow these steps: 1. Display the screen. 2. Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc . 3. Open a word-processing document, and then select Edit > Paste . Using system restore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system restore point. A system restore point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point i n time. You can then re cover back to that point if you wa nt to reverse sub sequent changes ma de to your system. NOTE: Recovering to an earlier resto re point does not a ffect data files saved or e-mails created since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to pr ovide increased protection f or your system files and settings. Backing up your information 135
When to create restore points â Before you add or ex tensively modify software or hardware â Periodically, whenever the syste m is performing optimally NOTE: If you revert to a restore poin t and then chang e your mind, you can reverse th e restoration. Create a system restore point 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System an d Maintenance > System . 2. In the le ft pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protec tion tab. 4. Under Automatic restor e points , select the disk for which you want to create a re store point. 5. Click Crea te . The System Protection window open s. 6. Follow the on-screen instructio ns. Restore to a previous date and time To revert to a resto re point (created at a previous date and time), when the computer w as functioning optimally, follo w these steps: 1. Select Start > Control Panel > System an d Maintenance > System . 2. In the le ft pane, click System pr otection . 3. Click the System Protec tion tab. 4. Click the System Resto re button, and the n click Next . The System Restore window opens. 5. Follow the on-screen instructio ns. 136 Chapt er 8 Backup and Recove ry
Performing a recovery NOTE: You can recover only files that you have previously backed up. HP reco mmends that you use Recovery Manage r to create an entire drive backup as soon as you se t up your computer. Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experience system failure or instability. Recovery Manager work s from recovery discs that you cr eate or from a dedicated recovery partition (select mod els only) on t he hard drive. However, if your co mputer include s a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case , recovery discs have been included with your computer. Use these discs to re cover your operating system and software. NOTE: Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as System Restore and driver roll-back capabilities. If you have not alre ady tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. NOTE: Recovery Manager recovers only software t hat was preinstalled at the factory. So ftware not provided with this co mputer must be do wnloaded fr om the manufacturer's We b site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacture r. Recovering from the recovery discs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Inser t the fir st rec overy disc i nto th e optical drive and restar t the computer. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Recovering from the dedicated recover y partition (select models only) NOTE: If your computer includes a so lid-state drive (SSD ), you may not have a re covery partition. You will not be able to recover using this procedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to rec over your operating system and software. On some models, you can perform a re covery from the partition on the ha rd driv e fro m either the Start button or f11 . To restore the system from the partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Man ager in either of the followin g ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Recovery M anager > Recovery Man ager . âorâ â Restart the computer an d press f11 while the âPress <F11> for re cov eryâ message is displayed on the screen. Then select Re covery Manag er . 2. Click Advanced Options . 3. Click System recovery , and then click Next . 4. Follow the on-screen instructions. Performing a recovery 137
9 Connector pin assignments 1394 Pin Signal 1 Power 2 Ground 3 TPB- 4 TPB 5 TPA- 6T P A Audio-in (microphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground 138 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channel 3G r o u n d External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizont al sync 14 Vertical sync 15 DDC 2B clock Audio-out (headphon e) 139
HDMI Pin Signal 1 TMDS data 2 2 TMDS data 2 shield 3 TMDS data 2â 4 TMDS data 1 5 TMDS data 1 shield 6 TMDS data 1â 7 TMDS data 0 8 TMDS data 0 shield 9 TMDS data 0â 10 TMDS clock 11 TMDS clock shield 12 TMDS clock- 13 CEC 14 Not connected 15 DDC clock 16 DDC data 17 Ground 18 5V power 19 Hot plug detect 140 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
RJ-11 (modem) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6U n u s e d RJ-45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit - 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8U n u s e d RJ-11 (modem) 141
Universal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground 142 Chapter 9 Connector pin assignments
10 Power cord set requirements The wide range input feature of the comp uter permits it to operate from any line voltage from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor powe r cord set included wi th the compu ter meets the requirem ents for use in the country or region wh ere the equ ipment is purchased. Power cord sets for use in other countries or region s must meet the requirements of the country or region where the computer is used. Requirements for all countries or regions The require ments listed b elow are ap plicable to all countries o r regions: â The length of th e power cord set m ust be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets mu st be approved by an acceptable accredited a gency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where the power cord set will be used. â The power cord se ts must have a mi nimum current capaci ty of 10 amp s and a nomina l voltage rating of 125 o r 250 V AC, as req uired by each country or regionâs power syste m. â The appliance coupler mu st meet the mechan ical configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for ma ting with the appl iance inlet on the back of the compu ter. Requirements for all countries or regions 143
Requirements for specific countries or regions Country or region Accred ited agency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark DEMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan ME TI 3 The Netherlands KEM A 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BS I 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5VV-F, 3-con ductor, 1.0- mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexible cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AWG, 3-conductor. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NEMA 6-15P (15 A, 2 50 V) configuration. 3. The appliance coupler, flexible cord, and wall plug must bea r a âTâ mark and registratio n number in accordance w ith the Japanese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VC T or VCTF, 3- conductor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industrial Standard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) config uration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-conductor, 0.75 - mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency resp onsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 5. The flexible cord must be Type VCTF, 3-conductor , 0.75-mm² c onductor size. Power cord set fittings (ap pliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency r esponsible for evaluation in the country or region where it will be used. 144 Chapter 10 Power cord set requirements
11 Recycling Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispo se of the battery in gene ral household waste. Follow the local law s and regulations in your area fo r computer batt ery disposal. Display WARNING! The backlight contains mercury. Caution must be exercise d when removing and ha ndling the backlight to avoi d damaging this compo nent and caus ing exposure to the mercury. CAUTION: The procedures in this cha pter can result in dama ge to display components. Th e only components inten ded for recycling purposes are the liquid crystal di splay (LCD) panel and the backlight. When you remove these com ponents, handle them carefull y. NOTE: Materials Disposal . This HP product cont ains mercury in the backlight in the display assembly that might requi re special han dling at end-of-li fe. Disposal of mercury may be regulated because of environmental considerations. Fo r disposal or recyc ling information, cont act your local authorities, or see the Electronic In dustries Alliance (EIA) Web site at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for the display assemb ly. The display assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight (1) a nd the liqu id crystal display (LCD) panel (2) . NOTE: The procedures provided in this chapter are g ene ral disas sembly inst ruct ions. Specific details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, an d component shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer model to anothe r. Battery 145
Perform the followin g steps to di sassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers (1) and screws (2) that secure the display be zel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edg es (1) and the top and bottom inside edges (2) of the display bezel until the b ezel disengages from the display assemb ly. 3. Remove the display bezel (3) . 146 Chapter 11 Recycling
4. Disconnect all display panel cables (1) from the display inverter and remove the inverter (2) . 5. Remove all screws (1) that secure the display panel a ssembly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the displa y panel assembly (2) from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the displa y panel assembl y upside down. 8. Remove all screws that secure the disp lay panel frame t o the display pan el. 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tap e (1) that secures the sides of the display panel to the display panel frame. Display 147
10. Remove the displa y panel frame (2) from the display pane l. 11. Remove the screws (1) that secure the backlight cover to the disp lay panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cover (2) and swing it ou tward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the display pan el right-side up. 148 Chapter 11 Recycling
15. Remove the ba cklight cables (1) from the clip (2) in the display pa nel. 16. Turn the display pa nel upside down. 17. Remove the ba cklight frame from the disp lay panel. WARNING ! The backl ight contains mercury. Exercise caution when removin g and handling the backlight to avoid damag ing this compon ent and causing exposure to the mercury. 18. Remove the backlight from the ba cklight frame. Display 149
19. Disconnect the display cable (1) from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws (2) that secure the LCD panel to the display rear pan el. 21. Release th e LCD panel (3) from th e display rear panel. 22. Release the tape (4) that secures the L CD panel to the disp lay rear pane l. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle the LCD panel and backligh t. 150 Chapter 11 Recycling
Index Symbols/Numerics 1394 port identifying 14 pin assignments 138 1394 Power Saving 98 A AC adapter, spare part numbers 27, 28 administrator password 98 applications key, Windows 11 audio, product description 3 audio-in (microphone) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 138 audio-out (headphone ) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 139 audio/infrared boa rd remov al 82 spare part number 20, 31, 82 spare part number s 33 B backup customized window, too lbar, and menu bar setting s 135 personal files 135 templates 135 backup and reco very 133 backup sugg estions 135 base enclosure, spare part number 21, 31, 35 battery remov al 43 spare part number s 21, 32, 43 battery bay, identifying 15 battery light, identifying 8, 12 battery release latch, identifying 15 bays battery 15 primary hard drive 15 secondary hard drive 15 Blu-ray Disc ROM Drive precaut ions 37 removal 4 4 spare part number 44 specifications 104 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R /RW SuperMulti DL Drive wit h LightScribe, spare part number 21, 26, 32 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R /RW SuperMulti DL D rive, spare part number 21, 26, 32 Bluetooth module removal 6 3 spare part numbers 19, 29, 63 Bluetooth module cab le, spare part number 19, 33 boot options 99 boot order 99 button sound 98 buttons next/fast forward 10 play/pause 9 power 9 previous/ rewind 9 stop 10 TouchPad 6 TouchPad on/ off 6 volume mute 9 wireless 10 C Cable Kit, spare part number 19, 31 cables, service consideration s 37 caps lock light, identifying 7 Card Reader Pow er Saving 98 changing the Setup Utility language 96 chipset, product description 1 components bottom 1 5 display 16 front 12 left-side 14 rear 13 right-sid e 13 top 6 computer feet locations 42 spare part number 42 computer specifications 100 connectors power 13 service considerations 37 D Digital Media Slot light, identifying 14 Digital Media Slot, identifying 14 diskette drive, precautions 37 display assembly remov al 64 spare part number s 19, 31, 33, 64 display bezel illustrated 25 spare part number s 25, 31 Display Cable Kit, spare part number 24, 25, 31 Index 151
display compon ents illustrated 24 recycling 145 display encl osure removal 6 6 display enclosure, BrightView illustrated 25 spare part numbers 25, 31, 33 display enclosur e, flush gla ss illustrated 24 spare part numbers 24, 33, 66 display hinge illustrated 24, 25 removal 6 8 spare part numbers 24, 25, 69 display hinge cover, spare part number 35 Display Hinge Kit, spare part numbers 24, 25, 31, 33, 69 display panel, BrightView illustrated 25 spare part numbe rs 25 display panel, flus h glass illustrated 24 spare part numbers 24, 31 display panel, product description 2 Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 25, 31 Display Screw Kit, spare part numbers 24, 25, 31, 34 display specifications 101, 102 displaying system information 96 docking support, pr oduct description 4 drive light, identifying 8, 12 drives boot order 99 preventing damage 37 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive precautions 37 removal 4 4 spare part numbers 21, 26, 32, 44 specifications 105 E electrostat ic discharge 38 eSATA/USB port, identifying 14 esc key, identifying 11 Ethernet, product description 3 exiting the Setup Utility 97 expansion port, identifyi ng 14 ExpressCard module, spare part number 20, 31 ExpressCard slot, identifying 14 external media cards, product description 4 external monitor port identifying 14 pin assignments 139 F f11 recovery 137 fan always on 99 fan/heat sink assembly remov al 89 spare part number s 20, 31, 33, 89 feet locations 42 spare part number 42 fingerprint reader, identifying 10 fn key, iden tifying 11 full system recovery 133 function keys, identifying 11 G graphics, product description 1 grounding equip ment and methods 40 H hard drive precautions 37 product description 2 remov al 48 spare part number s 23, 26, 32, 48 specifications 103 Hard Drive Hardwa re Kit, spare part number 23, 26, 33, 48 hard drive self test 99 HDMI port identifying 14 pin assignments 140 headphone (audio -out) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 139 headset, spare part n umber 27, 28 heatsink, spa re part numbers 20, 31, 33 hinge illustrated 24, 25 removal 6 8 spare part numbers 24, 25, 69 I I/O address specifica tions 108 IEEE 1394 port, identifying 14 infrared lens, identifying 12 integrated webcam lig ht, identifying 16 internal microphon es, identifying 16 interrupt specifications 107 J jacks audio-in (microphone) 12 audio-out (headpho ne) 12 RJ-11 (modem) 13 RJ-45 (network) 14 TV antenna/cable 13 K keyboard product description 4 removal 5 7 spare part numbers 19, 32, 33, 34, 57 keypad keys, identifying 11 keys esc 11 fn 11 function 11 keypad 11 Windows applications 11 Windows logo 11 L LAN Power Sav ing 98 language support 98 latch, batt ery release 15 152 Index
lights battery 8, 12 caps loc k 7 Digital Media Slot 14 drive 8, 12 mute 7 num lock 7 power 7, 12 TouchPad 6 volume down 7 volume mute 7 volume up 7 webcam 16 wireless 7 M mass storage devices, spare part numbers 26 media activity buttons, identifying 9 memory map specifications 110 memory module identifying 15 product description 2 remov al 54 spare part number s 21, 32, 54 memory test 99 microphone (audio-in) jack identifying 12 pin assignments 138 microphone, product description 3 model name 1 modem jack, pin assignments 141 modem module remov al 77 spare part number s 20, 28, 77 modem module cable, removal 8 7 modem, product description 3 monitor port external 14 pin assignments 139 mouse, spare part numbers 27, 28 mute button, identifying 9 mute light, identifying 7 N network jack, pin assignments 141 next/fast forward button, identifying 10 num lock light, identifying 7 O operating system, product description 4 optical drive identifying 13 precaut ions 37 product de scription 3 removal 4 4 spare part numbers 21, 26, 44 specifications 104, 105 optical drive board removal 8 2 spare part numbers 34 optical drive bracket, spare part number 20 P packing guidelines 39 passwords 98 performing a system recovery 137 pin assignments 1394 138 audio-in 138 audio-ou t 139 extern al monitor 139 HDMI 140 headphon e 139 microphone 138 modem 141 monitor 139 network 141 RJ-11 141 RJ-45 141 Universal Serial Bus (USB) 142 plastic parts 36 play/pause but ton, identifying 9 pointing device, pr oduct description 4 ports 1394 14 eSATA/USB 14 expansion 14 external monitor 14 HDMI 14 product description 4 USB 13, 14 power bu tton boar d remov al 61 spare part number 19, 31, 61 spare part number s 33 power button, identifying 9 power connec tor cable remov al 88 spare part number 35 power connector, identifying 13 power cord set requirements 143 spare part number s 27, 29 power lights, identifying 7, 12 power requirements, product description 4 power-on password 98 previous/rewind button, identifying 9 primary hard drive bay, identifying 15 primary hard drive cover remov al 45 spare part number 23, 33 processor product description 1 remov al 93 spare part number s 20, 30, 31, 93 Processor C4 State 98 product description audio 3 chipset 1 display panel 2 docking support 4 Ethernet 3 external media cards 4 graphics 1 hard drives 2 keyboard 4 memory module 2 microphone 3 modem 3 operating system 4 Index 153
optical drives 3 pointing device 4 ports 4 power requirements 4 processors 1 product name 1 security 4 serviceability 5 TV tuner 3 webcam 3 wireless 3 product name 1 R recovery from the dedicated re covery partition 137 from the recovery discs 137 procedure 137 program or driver 133 system 133 recovery discs 137 Recovery Manager 133 recovery partition 137 remote control, spare part numbers 27, 28 removal/replacement preliminaries 36 procedures 41 restore points 135 RJ-11 (modem) jack identifying 13 pin assignments 141 RJ-45 (network) jack identifying 14 pin assignments 141 RTC battery removal 5 3 spare part numbe r 23, 28, 53 Rubber Feet Kit, spa re part number 21, 31, 42 S safeguarding in formation 133 Screw Kit contents 111 spare part numbe r 27, 31 screw listing 111 scrolling regions, TouchPad 6 secondary hard drive bay, identifying 15 secondary hard drive cover remov al 46 spare part number 23, 33 secondary hard drive self test 99 security cable slot, identifying 13 security, product description 4 service considerations 36 service tag 17, 41 serviceability, product description 5 Setup Utility changing th e language 96 Diagnostics menu 99 display system information 96 exiting 97 Main menu 98 menus 98 restoring default settings 97 Security menu 98 start ing 95 System Configuration memu 98 using 96 slots Digital Media Slot 14 ExpressCar d 14 security cable 13 solid-state drive (SSD) 133 speaker assembly remov al 62 spare part number 19, 31, 62 speakers, identifying 9 specifications Blu-ray Disc ROM Drive 104 computer 100 display 101, 102 DVD±RW and CD-RW Combo Drive 105 hard drive 103 I/O addresses 108 interrupts 107 memory map 110 optical drive 104, 105 system DMA 105 static-shielding materials 40 stop button, identifying 10 subwoofer removal 8 4 spare part numbe r 23, 32 supported d iscs 134 switch cover removal 5 7 spare part numbe r 19, 57 spare part numbers 31, 34 system board removal 7 9 spare part numbers 20, 79 system board bracket, spare part number 32 system DMA 105 system failure or instability 133 system information 98 system memory map 110 system recovery 133 T thermal material, replacement 91 tools requi red 36 top cover removal 7 4 spare part numbers 19, 31, 33, 34, 74 TouchPad buttons 6 identifying 6 scrolling regions 6 TouchPad light, iden tifying 6 TouchPad on /off button 6 transporting guidelines 39 TV antenna/cable jack, identifying 13 TV tuner exte rnal antenna cabl e, spare part numbers 21, 29, 55 TV tuner modu le removal 5 5 spare part numbers 21, 28, 55 TV tuner module cable, remov al 86 TV tuner, product descrip tion 3 U Universal Serial Bus (USB) port pin assignments 142 USB board removal 8 3 154 Index
spare part number 21, 32, 83 spare part number s 33 USB ports, identifying 13, 14 using system restore p oints 135 V vents, identify ing 13, 15 Virtualization T echnology 98 volume down lig ht, identifyin g 7 volume mute button, identifyin g 9 volume mute light, identifying 7 volume scroll zone, identifying 9 volume up light, identifying 7 W webcam identifying 16 product description 3 webcam/micropho ne module illustrated 24, 25 removal 67, 70 spare part number 31 spare part number s 24, 25, 67, 71 Windows application s key, identifying 11 Windows logo key, identifying 11 wireless button, identifying 10 wireless light, identifying 7 wireless, product description 3 WLAN module remov al 50 spare part number s 21, 28, 29, 50 workstation guidelines 39 Index 155